UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-Q
 
x   QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1934
 
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2014
 
Commission file number 1-10093
 
RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
MARYLAND
 
13-6908486
(State of other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S Employer Identification Numbers)
 
 
 
31500 Northwestern Highway
Farmington Hills, Michigan
 
48334
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
 
 
248-350-9900
 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports).  And (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
Yes   x                        No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
 
Yes   x                        No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer  x
Accelerated filer  o
Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
Smaller reporting company  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
 
Yes   o                        No  x
 
Number of common shares of beneficial interest ($0.01 par value) of the registrant outstanding as of October 15, 2014 : 77,562,513



 



INDEX
Page No.
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets – September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)
 
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity - Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited)
 
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Page 2 of 39




PART 1 – FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1.  Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
 
 
 
September 30,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
(unaudited)
 
 
ASSETS
 
 
 
Income producing properties, at cost:
 
 
 
Land
$
344,236

 
$
284,686

Buildings and improvements
1,590,448

 
1,340,531

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
(276,197
)
 
(253,292
)
Income producing properties, net
1,658,487

 
1,371,925

Construction in progress and land available for development or sale
87,254

 
101,974

Real estate held for sale
10,786

 

Net real estate
1,756,527

 
1,473,899

Equity investments in unconsolidated joint ventures
28,564

 
30,931

Cash and cash equivalents
11,826

 
5,795

Restricted cash
4,919

 
3,454

Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,441 and $2,351 as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)
11,601

 
9,648

Other assets, net
174,483

 
128,521

TOTAL ASSETS
$
1,987,920

 
$
1,652,248

 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 

 
 

Notes payable:
 

 
 

Senior unsecured notes payable
$
420,000

 
$
365,000

Mortgages payable
365,049

 
333,049

Unsecured revolving credit facility
120,000

 
27,000

Junior subordinated notes
28,125

 
28,125

Total notes payable
933,174

 
753,174

Capital lease obligation
1,887

 
5,686

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
41,471

 
32,026

Other liabilities
63,811

 
48,593

Distributions payable
17,868

 
14,809

TOTAL LIABILITIES
1,058,211

 
854,288

 
 
 
 
Commitments and Contingencies


 


 
 
 
 
Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust ("RPT") Shareholders' Equity:
 
 

Preferred shares, $0.01 par, 2,000 shares authorized: 7.25% Series D Cumulative Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares, (stated at liquidation preference $50 per share), 2,000 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013
$
100,000

 
$
100,000

Common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par, 120,000 shares authorized, 77,563 and 66,669 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively
776

 
667

Additional paid-in capital
1,129,907

 
959,183

Accumulated distributions in excess of net income
(327,006
)
 
(289,837
)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
(727
)
 
84

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO RPT
902,950

 
770,097

Noncontrolling interest
26,759

 
27,863

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
929,709

 
797,960

 
 
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
$
1,987,920

 
$
1,652,248

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
Page 3 of 39



RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
REVENUE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Minimum rent
$
40,735

 
$
33,043

 
$
114,056

 
$
89,277

Percentage rent
54

 
85

 
207

 
200

Recovery income from tenants
12,725

 
10,158

 
36,829

 
28,158

Other property income
1,047

 
1,560

 
2,586

 
2,574

Management and other fee income
582

 
565

 
1,528

 
1,842

TOTAL REVENUE
55,143

 
45,411

 
155,206

 
122,051

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXPENSES
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Real estate taxes
7,217

 
6,351

 
21,931

 
16,685

Recoverable operating expense
6,440

 
4,825

 
18,338

 
13,663

Other non-recoverable operating expense
942

 
668

 
2,626

 
2,135

Depreciation and amortization
19,178

 
15,094

 
60,577

 
40,422

Acquisition costs
1,189

 
103

 
1,722

 
784

General and administrative expense
5,395

 
5,260

 
16,095

 
15,713

TOTAL EXPENSES
40,361

 
32,301

 
121,289

 
89,402

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OPERATING INCOME
14,782

 
13,110

 
33,917

 
32,649

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Other expense, net
(243
)
 
(400
)
 
(615
)
 
(716
)
Gain (loss) on sale of real estate
258

 
(13
)
 
2,930

 
3,901

Earnings (loss) from unconsolidated joint ventures
455

 
387

 
(336
)
 
(5,027
)
Interest expense
(8,645
)
 
(7,915
)
 
(23,876
)
 
(21,284
)
Amortization of deferred financing fees
(342
)
 
(382
)
 
(1,115
)
 
(1,069
)
Deferred gain recognized on real estate

 

 
117

 
5,282

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 
(860
)
 

INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE TAX
6,265

 
4,787

 
10,162

 
13,736

Income tax (provision) benefit
(2
)
 
29

 
(18
)
 
(1
)
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
6,263

 
4,816

 
10,144

 
13,735

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Gain on sale of real estate

 
657

 

 
2,194

Income from discontinued operations

 
242

 

 
842

INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

 
899

 

 
3,036

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET INCOME
6,263

 
5,715

 
10,144

 
16,771

Net income attributable to noncontrolling partner interest
(180
)
 
(201
)
 
(303
)
 
(634
)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO RPT
6,083

 
5,514

 
9,841

 
16,137

Preferred share dividends
(1,813
)
 
(1,813
)
 
(5,438
)
 
(5,438
)
NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
$
4,270

 
$
3,701

 
$
4,403

 
$
10,699

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE, BASIC
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
0.06

 
$
0.05

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.13

Discontinued operations

 
0.01

 

 
0.05

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.18

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE, DILUTED
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
0.06

 
$
0.05

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.13

Discontinued operations

 
0.01

 

 
0.05

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.18

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Basic
74,840

 
61,102

 
70,283

 
57,626

Diluted
75,080


61,572


70,520


58,097

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Net income
$
6,263

 
$
5,715

 
$
10,144

 
$
16,771

Other comprehensive (loss) income:
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps
1,236

 
(620
)
 
(840
)
 
4,056

Comprehensive income
7,499

 
5,095

 
9,304

 
20,827

Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
(38
)
 
22

 
29

 
(149
)
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO RPT
$
7,461

 
$
5,117

 
$
9,333

 
$
20,678

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
Page 4 of 39



RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
For the nine months ended September 30, 2014
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders' Equity of Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred
Shares
 
Common
Shares
 
Additional
Paid-in Capital
 
Accumulated Distributions in Excess of Net Income
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
Noncontrolling Interest
 
Total Shareholders’ Equity
Balance,
December 31, 2013
$
100,000

 
$
667

 
$
959,183

 
$
(289,837
)
 
$
84

 
$
27,863

 
$
797,960

Issuance of common shares

 
107

 
170,297

 

 

 

 
170,404

Conversion and redemption of OP unit holders

 

 

 

 

 
(84
)
 
(84
)
Share-based compensation and other expense, net of shares withheld for employee taxes

 
2

 
427

 

 

 

 
429

Dividends declared to common shareholders

 

 

 
(41,303
)
 

 

 
(41,303
)
Dividends declared to preferred shareholders

 

 

 
(5,438
)
 

 

 
(5,438
)
Distributions declared to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 
(1,294
)
 
(1,294
)
Dividends declared to deferred shares

 

 

 
(269
)
 

 

 
(269
)
Other comprehensive income adjustment

 

 

 

 
(811
)
 
(29
)
 
(840
)
Net income

 

 

 
9,841

 

 
303

 
10,144

Balance,
September 30, 2014
$
100,000

 
$
776

 
$
1,129,907

 
$
(327,006
)
 
$
(727
)
 
$
26,759

 
$
929,709

 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
Page 5 of 39



RAMCO GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
Net income
$
10,144

 
$
16,771

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 

 
 

Depreciation and amortization, including discontinued operations
60,577

 
40,909

Amortization of deferred financing fees, including discontinued operations
1,115

 
1,069

Income tax provision
18

 
1

Loss from unconsolidated joint ventures
336

 
5,027

Distributions received from operations of unconsolidated joint ventures
1,759

 
2,198

Loss on extinguishment of debt, including discontinued operations
860

 

Deferred gain recognized on real estate
(117
)
 
(5,282
)
Gain on sale of real estate, including discontinued operations
(2,930
)
 
(6,095
)
Amortization of premium on mortgages, net
(791
)
 
(364
)
Share-based compensation expense
1,618

 
1,614

Long-term incentive cash compensation expense
1,588

 
1,064

Changes in assets and liabilities:
 

 
 

Accounts receivable, net
(1,953
)
 
(1,212
)
Other assets, net
2,433

 
(951
)
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
2,954

 
11,407

Net cash provided by operating activities
77,611

 
66,156

 
 
 
 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 

 
 

Acquisition of real estate, net of assumed debt
$
(263,463
)
 
$
(222,071
)
Development and capital improvements
(56,774
)
 
(29,928
)
Net proceeds from sales of real estate
10,753

 
24,570

Distributions from sale of joint venture property

 
1,687

Increase in restricted cash
(1,465
)
 
(4,528
)
Investment in unconsolidated joint ventures

 
(4,979
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(310,949
)
 
(235,249
)
 
 
 
 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 

 
 

Proceeds on mortgages and notes payable
$
175,000

 
$
160,000

Repayment of mortgages and notes payable
(152,673
)
 
(117,345
)
Net proceeds (repayments) on revolving credit facility
93,000

 
(30,000
)
Payment of deferred financing costs
(764
)
 
(1,363
)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
170,404

 
194,975

Repayment of capitalized lease obligation
(269
)
 
(251
)
Conversion of operating partnership units for cash
(84
)
 
(1,239
)
Dividends paid to preferred shareholders
(5,438
)
 
(5,438
)
Dividends paid to common shareholders
(38,540
)
 
(28,539
)
Distributions paid to operating partnership unit holders
(1,267
)
 
(1,158
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
239,369

 
169,642

 
 
 
 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
6,031

 
549

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
5,795

 
4,233

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
11,826

 
$
4,782

 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH ACTIVITY
 

 
 

Assumption of debt related to acquisitions
$
58,634

 
$
158,767

Revaluation of capital lease obligation
$
4,697

 
$

 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 

 
 

Cash paid for interest (net of capitalized interest of $1,606 and $770 in 2014 and 2013, respectively)
$
24,529

 
$
21,225

Cash paid for federal income taxes
$

 
$


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
Page 6 of 39



RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

1.  Organization and Basis of Presentations

Organization

Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust, together with its subsidiaries (the “Company” or "RPT"), is a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) engaged in the business of owning, developing, redeveloping, acquiring, managing and leasing community shopping centers in strategic metropolitan markets throughout the Eastern, Midwestern and Central United States.  As of September 30, 2014 , our property portfolio consists of 70 wholly owned shopping centers and one office building comprising approximately 14.5 million square feet.  In addition, we are co-investor in and manager of two institutional joint ventures that own portfolios of shopping centers.  We own 20% of Ramco 450 Venture LLC, an entity that owns eight shopping centers comprising approximately 1.6 million square feet.  We own 30% of Ramco/Lion Venture L.P., an entity that owns three shopping centers comprising approximately 0.8 million square feet. We also have ownership interests in two joint ventures that each own a single shopping center.  In addition, we own interests in three parcels of land available for development and five parcels of land available for sale. Most of our properties are anchored by supermarkets and/or national chain stores.  The Company’s credit risk, therefore, is concentrated in the retail industry.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and our majority owned subsidiary, the Operating Partnership, Ramco-Gershenson Properties, L.P. ( 97.2% and 96.8% owned by the Company at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively), and all wholly-owned subsidiaries, including entities in which we have a controlling financial interest.  We have elected to be a REIT for federal income tax purposes.  All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  The information furnished is unaudited and reflects all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary to reflect a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented, and all such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.  These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

The preparation of our unaudited financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management of the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the unaudited financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and reported amounts that are not readily apparent from other sources.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications of prior period amounts, primarily related to discontinued operations, have been made in the condensed consolidated financial statements in order to conform to the current presentation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12, “Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period” (“ASU 2014-12”). The amendments in ASU 2014-12 require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. A reporting entity should apply existing guidance in Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 718, “Compensation — Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”), as it relates to awards with performance conditions that affect vesting to account for such awards. The amendments in ASU 2014-12 are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. Entities may apply the amendments in ASU 2014-12 either: (a) prospectively to all awards granted or modified after the effective date; or (b) retrospectively to all awards with performance targets that are outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements and to all new or modified awards thereafter. We believe the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.



Page 7 of 39





In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued ASU 2014-09 "Revenue from Contract with Customers" as a new Topic, Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 606. The objective of ASU 2014-09 is to establish a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and will supersede most of the existing revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The core principle is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In applying the new standard, companies will perform a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. ASU 2014-09 applies to all contracts with customers except those that are within the scope of other topics is the FASB ASC. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2016 and shall be applied using either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach. Early adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating the guidance and have not determined the impact this standard may have on the consolidated financial statements nor decided upon the method of adoption.

In April 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-08 "Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360), Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity" which amends the requirements for reporting discontinued operations. Under ASU 2014-08, a disposal of a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity is required to be reported in discontinued operations if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. For public entities, ASU 2014-08 is effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2014; however, early adoption is permitted, but only for disposals or classifications as held for sale that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued or available for issuance. We adopted the provisions of ASU 2014-08 beginning with the period ended March 31, 2014, and have applied the provisions prospectively.

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2014-08, the results of operations for operating properties sold or held for sale during the reported periods were shown under Discontinued Operations on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Beginning with the period ended March 31, 2014, in general, our activity related to individual sales of properties wholly-owned or co-owned with joint ventures will no longer be classified as Discontinued Operations.

2.  Real Estate

Included in our net real estate assets are income producing shopping center properties that are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

We review our investment in real estate, including any related intangible assets, for impairment on a property-by-property basis whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the property may not be recoverable.  These changes in circumstances include, but are not limited to, changes in occupancy, rental rates, tenant sales, net operating income, geographic location, real estate values and expected holding period.

Land available for development or sale includes real estate projects where vertical construction has yet to commence, but which have been identified by us and are available for future development when market conditions dictate the demand for a new shopping center. The viability of all projects under construction or development, including those owned by unconsolidated joint ventures, is regularly evaluated under applicable accounting requirements, including requirements relating to abandonment of assets or changes in use.  Land available for development or sale was $72.6 million and $68.5 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively.

Construction in progress represents existing development, redevelopment and tenant build-out projects.  When projects are substantially complete and ready for their intended use, balances are transferred to land or building and improvements as appropriate.  Construction in progress was $14.7 million and $33.5 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively.

The decrease in construction in progress from December 31, 2013 to September 30, 2014 was due primarily to the substantial completion of Phase I of Lakeland Park Center, located in Lakeland, Florida. The cost to date for Lakeland Park Center Phase I is approximately $32.0 million , excluding initial land costs. This decrease is offset in part by costs associated with the commencement of Phase II of Parkway Shops located in Jacksonville, Florida which commenced in the third quarter of 2014, as well as by costs associated with redevelopment and expansion projects at various centers.

Page 8 of 39





3.  Property Acquisitions and Dispositions

Acquisitions

The following table provides a summary of our acquisition activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross
Property Name
 
Location
 
GLA

 
Acreage

 
Date
Acquired
 
Purchase
Price

 
Assumed
Debt

 
 
 
 
(In thousands)

 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Front Range Village
 
Fort Collins, CO
 
459

 
N/A

 
09/04/14
 
$
128,250

 
$

Buttermilk Towne Center
 
Crescent Spring, KY
 
278

 
N/A

 
08/22/14
 
41,900

 

Woodbury Lakes (1)
 
Woodbury, MN
 
305

 
N/A

 
07/22/14
 
65,250

 

Bridgewater Falls Shopping Center
 
Hamilton, OH
 
504

 
N/A

 
07/10/14
 
85,542

 
58,634

  Total consolidated income producing acquisitions
 
1,546

 
 
 
 
 
$
320,942

 
$
58,634

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Shoppes at Fox River
 
Waukesha, WI
 
N/A

 
9.9

 
09/08/14
 
$
1,216

 
$

  Total consolidated land / outparcel acquisitions
 
 
 
9.9

 
 
 
$
1,216

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Acquisitions
 
 
 
1,546

 
9.9

 
 
 
$
322,158

 
$
58,634

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) The purchase price includes $0.75 million for a 1.3 acre parcel purchased August 29, 2014 adjacent to the shopping center.

The aggregate fair value of our 2014 acquisitions through September 30, 2014 , was allocated and is reflected in the following table in accordance with accounting guidance for business combinations. Some of the purchase price allocations are preliminary and may be adjusted as final costs and valuations are determined:
 
 
Allocated
Fair Value
 
 
(In thousands)
Land
 
$
54,668

Buildings and improvements
 
235,322

Above market leases
 
4,775

Lease origination costs
 
23,343

Other assets
 
30,883

Capital lease obligation
 
(1,167
)
Below market leases
 
(18,836
)
Premium for above market interest rates on assumed debt
 
(6,830
)
Total purchase price allocated
 
$
322,158

 
 
 

 
Included in other assets is approximately $17.5 million related to the fair value of a public improvement fee income agreement at Front Range Village that is in place until 2039 and approximately $6.1 million related to the fair value of a real estate tax exemption agreement at Buttermilk Towne Center that is in place until 2032.

Total revenue and net income for the 2014 acquisitions included in our condensed consolidated statement of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 were as follows:
 
 
Three and Nine Months Ended 
 September 30, 2014
 
(In thousands)
Total revenue from 2014 acquisitions
 
$
4,973

Net income from 2014 acquisitions
 
$
536


Page 9 of 39







Unaudited Proforma Information

If the 2014 Acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2013, our consolidated revenues and net income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 would have been as follows:

 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Consolidated revenue
$
58,568

 
$
48,837

 
$
175,153

 
$
142,000

Consolidated net income available to common shareholders
$
5,090

 
$
4,522

 
$
7,880

 
$
14,176


Dispositions

The following table provides a summary of our disposition activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 :

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
 
Property Name
 
Location
 
GLA
 
Acreage

 
Date
Sold
 
Sales
Price
 
Debt
Repaid
 
Gain (loss)
on Sale
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Town Center at Aquia - El Gran Charro Outparcel
 
Stafford, VA
 
6

 
N/A

 
05/28/14
 
$
1,730

 
$

 
$
123

Naples Towne Centre
 
Naples, FL
 
135

 
N/A

 
04/17/14
 
7,150

 

 
2,343

   Total consolidated income producing dispositions
 
141

 
 
 
 
 
$
8,880

 
$

 
$
2,466

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parkway Phase I - Wendy's Outparcel
 
Jacksonville, FL
 
N/A

 
1.0

 
08/27/14
 
$
900

 
$

 
$
258

Parkway Phase I - Express Oil Change Outparcel
 
Jacksonville, FL
 
N/A

 
0.7

 
06/13/14
 
680

 

 
215

Hartland - Taco Bell Outparcel
 
Hartland, MI
 
N/A

 
0.8

 
05/01/14
 
650

 
$

 
$
(9
)
  Total consolidated land / outparcel dispositions
 
 
 
2.5

 
 
 
$
2,230

 
$

 
$
464

   Total consolidated dispositions
 
141

 
2.5

 
 
 
$
11,110

 
$

 
$
2,930

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the criteria established under ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment, we will classify properties as held for sale when executed purchase and sales agreement contingencies have been satisfied thereby signifying that the sale is legally binding and we are able to conclude that the sale of the property within one year is probable. Pursuant to our adoption of ASU 2014-08 the results of operations of properties classified as held for sale will not be classified as Discontinued Operations in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of September 30, 2014 we had two income producing properties classified as held for sale. There were no properties held for sale as of September 30, 2013 .


Page 10 of 39





4.  Discontinued Operations

We have adopted the provisions of ASU 2014-08 beginning with the period ended March 31, 2014, and have applied the provisions prospectively. The following table provides a summary of selected operating results during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 for those properties classified as Discontinued Operations prior to our adoption of ASU 2014-08:
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2013
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013
 
 
(in thousands)
Total revenue
 
 
$
502

 
 
$
1,963

Expenses:
 
 
 

 
 
 
Recoverable operating expenses
 
 
115

 
 
509

Other non-recoverable property operating expenses
 
 
12

 
 
73

Depreciation and amortization
 
 
132

 
 
489

Other expense
 
 
1

 
 
50

Operating income from discontinued operations
 
 
242

 
 
842

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on sale of properties
 
 
657

 
 
2,194

Income from discontinued operations
 
 
$
899

 
 
$
3,036

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.  Equity Investments in Unconsolidated Joint Ventures

We have four joint venture agreements whereby we own between 7% and 30% of the equity in the joint venture. We and the joint venture partners have joint approval rights for major decisions, including those regarding property operations.  We cannot make significant decisions without our partner’s approval.  Accordingly, we account for our interest in the joint ventures using the equity method of accounting.

The combined condensed financial information for our unconsolidated joint ventures is summarized as follows:
Balance Sheets
 
September 30,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
Income producing properties, net
 
$
392,926

 
$
410,218

Cash, accounts receivable and other assets
 
24,265

 
27,462

Total Assets
 
$
417,191

 
$
437,680

LIABILITIES AND OWNERS' EQUITY
 
 

 
 

Mortgage notes payable
 
$
170,448

 
$
178,708

Other liabilities
 
7,704

 
7,885

Owners' equity
 
239,039

 
251,087

Total Liabilities and Owners' Equity
 
$
417,191

 
$
437,680

 
 
 
 
 
RPT's equity investments in unconsolidated joint ventures
 
$
28,564

 
$
30,931

 
 
 
 
 

Page 11 of 39





 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
Statements of Operations
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Total revenue
 
$
10,425

 
$
10,649

 
$
31,927

 
$
32,384

Total expenses  (1)
 
7,012

 
7,251

 
31,973

 
22,111

Income (loss) before other income, expense, and discontinued operations
 
3,413

 
3,398

 
(46
)
 
10,273

Gain on sale of land (2)
 

 


 
740

 


Interest expense
 
(1,820
)
 
(2,269
)
 
(5,511
)
 
(7,236
)
Gain on extinguishment of debt (3)
 

 

 
529

 

Amortization of deferred financing fees
 
(77
)
 
(68
)
 
(229
)
 
(197
)
Income (loss) from continuing operations
 
1,516

 
1,061

 
(4,517
)
 
2,840

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discontinued operations (4)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Loss on sale of real estate (5)
 

 

 

 
(21,512
)
Income from discontinued operations
 

 
126

 

 
1,260

Income (loss) from discontinued operations
 

 
126

 

 
(20,252
)
Net income (loss)
 
$
1,516

 
$
1,187

 
$
(4,517
)
 
$
(17,412
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RPT's share of earnings (loss) from unconsolidated joint ventures
 
$
455

 
$
387

 
$
(336
)
 
$
(5,027
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  
The increase for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 is due to accelerated depreciation expense recorded in the second quarter 2014 related to redevelopment projects.
(2)  
The gain on sale relates to a joint venture property that was sold in 2011 and additional proceeds received in June 2014. Our share of the gain was approximately $0.4 million .
(3)  
As a result of a property conveyance, a joint venture recognized a gain on extinguishment of debt of which our share was approximately $0.1 million .
(4)  
Beginning in the first quarter of 2014 discontinued operations reflects results of operations for those properties classified as discontinued operations as of December 31, 2013 .
(5)  
In March 2013, Ramco/Lion Venture LP sold 12 shopping centers to us resulting in a loss on the sale of $21.5 million to the joint venture.  

As of September 30, 2014 , we had investments in the following unconsolidated joint ventures:
 
 
Ownership as of
 
Total Assets as of
 
Total Assets as of
 
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 
December 31,
Unconsolidated Entities
 
2014
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Ramco 450 Venture LLC
 
20%
 
$
282,285

 
$
293,410

Ramco/Lion Venture LP
 
30%
 
89,265

 
91,053

Other Joint Ventures
 
—%
 
45,641

 
53,217

 
 
 
 
$
417,191

 
$
437,680

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There was no acquisition activity in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 by any of our unconsolidated joint ventures.


Page 12 of 39





Debt

Our unconsolidated joint ventures had the following debt outstanding at September 30, 2014 :
 
Balance
Entity Name
Outstanding
 
(In thousands)
Ramco 450 Venture LLC   (1)
$
140,454

Ramco/Lion Venture LP (2)
30,116

 
$
170,570

Unamortized premium
(122
)
Total mortgage debt
$
170,448

 
 

 
(1)  
Maturities range from October 2015 to September 2023 with interest rates ranging from 1.9% to 5.8% .
(2)  
Balance relates to Millennium Park’s mortgage loan which has a maturity date of October 2015 with a 5.0% interest rate.

On March 31, 2014, Ramco 191 LLC, in which our ownership interest was 20% , completed the conveyance of its ownership interest in its sole remaining shopping center to the noteholder in lieu of repayment of a non-recourse loan in the amount of $7.5 million of which our share was $1.5 million .
 
Joint Venture Management and Other Fee Income

We are engaged by certain of our joint ventures to provide asset management, property management, leasing and investing services for such venture’s respective properties.  We receive fees for our services, including a property management fee calculated as a percentage of gross revenues received, and recognize these fees as the services are rendered.  

The following table provides information for our fees earned which are reported in our condensed consolidated statements of operations:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Management fees
$
379

 
$
389

 
$
1,145

 
$
1,469

Leasing fees
160

 
172

 
266

 
320

Construction fees
43

 
4

 
117

 
53

Total
$
582

 
$
565

 
$
1,528

 
$
1,842

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Page 13 of 39






6.  Other Assets, Net

Other assets consist of the following:
 
 
September 30,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Deferred leasing costs, net
 
$
34,666

 
$
26,617

Deferred financing costs, net
 
5,314

 
6,513

Lease intangible assets, net
 
82,318

 
69,635

Straight-line rent receivable, net
 
15,389

 
15,115

Cash flow hedge mark-to-market asset
 
1,215

 
2,244

Prepaid and other deferred expenses, net
 
7,612

 
4,629

Other, net
 
27,969

 
3,768

Other assets, net
 
$
174,483

 
$
128,521

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total accumulated amortization of other assets was $54.2 million and $44.0 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively.

Intangible assets attributable to lease origination costs and for above-market leases are being amortized over the lives of the applicable lease.  Amortization of lease origination costs is an increase to amortization expense and amortization of above-market leases is a reduction to minimum rent revenue over the applicable terms of the respective leases.  Amortization of the above-market leases resulted in a reduction of revenue of approximately $2.0 million and $1.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. All other intangible assets are amortized over the life of the asset and are an increase to amortization expense.

Straight-line rent receivables are recorded net of allowances of $4.2 million and $3.8 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively.

7.  Debt

The following table summarizes our mortgages and notes payable and capital lease obligation as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 :
Notes Payable
 
September 30,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Senior unsecured notes
 
$
210,000

 
$
110,000

Unsecured term loan facilities
 
210,000

 
255,000

Fixed rate mortgages
 
355,836

 
329,875

Unsecured revolving credit facility
 
120,000

 
27,000

Junior subordinated notes
 
28,125

 
28,125

 
 
923,961

 
750,000

Unamortized premium
 
9,213

 
3,174

 
 
$
933,174

 
$
753,174

 
 
 
 
 
Capital lease obligation
 
$
1,887

 
$
5,686

 
 
 
 
 
 

Page 14 of 39





In May 2014, we completed a $100 million private placement of senior unsecured notes consisting of $50 million of notes with a ten -year term with a fixed interest rate of 4.65% and $50 million of notes with a twelve -year term at a fixed interest rate of 4.74% . A "shelf" facility allows for an additional $50 million in notes to the same purchaser within the next three years, subject to approval, pricing and documentation.

Also in May 2014, we closed a $75 million senior unsecured term loan with an additional $75 million accordion feature. The loan has a seven -year term and bears interest at an annual rate of LIBOR plus 1.25% to 2.25% (initially 1.7% ) depending upon our leverage or credit rating. The interest expense is hedged with an existing interest rate swap expiring in April 2016, resulting in an effective fixed initial annual rate of 2.9% .

The combined proceeds from the May 2014 financings were used to repay $45 million of variable-rate bank term debt due 2017, $75 million of bank term debt also due in 2017, the $45 million balance on our unsecured revolving line of credit, as well as for general corporate purposes.

In September 2014, we entered into an agreement to issue $100 million of private placement senior unsecured notes. The financing will consist of $50 million of notes with a ten -year term priced at a fixed interest rate of 4.16% and $50 million of notes with a twelve -year term priced at a fixed interest rate of 4.30% . The notes are expected to be sold in the fourth quarter 2014 with net proceeds to be used to reduce the balance outstanding on our revolving credit facility.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 we had the following mortgage transactions:

In conjunction with our acquisition of Bridgewater Falls, we assumed a mortgage loan with a $58.6 million principal balance outstanding and an interest rate of 5.7% . We recorded a premium of approximately $6.8 million based upon the fair value of the loan on the date it was assumed. This mortgage premium is being amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the loan; and
We repaid mortgages securing the following properties:
The Auburn Mile in the amount of $6.6 million with an interest rate of 5.4% ; and
Crossroads Centre in the amount of $23.2 million with an interest rate of 5.4% .

Our $355.8 million of fixed rate mortgages have interest rates ranging from 5.0% to 7.4% and are due at various maturity dates from June 2015 through June 2026 .  Included in fixed rate mortgages at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were unamortized premium balances related to the fair market value of debt of approximately $9.2 million and $3.2 million , respectively.  The fixed rate mortgage notes are secured by mortgages on properties that have an approximate net book value of $372.8 million as of September 30, 2014 .

We had net borrowings of $93.0 million under our revolving credit facility during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 with a balance of $120.0 million as of September 30, 2014 .  Outstanding letters of credit issued under our revolving credit facility, not reflected in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets, totaled $7.0 million . These letters of credit reduce borrowing availability under our bank facility.

Our revolving credit facility, term loans and unsecured notes contain financial covenants relating to total leverage, fixed charge coverage ratio, unencumbered assets, tangible net worth and various other calculations.  As of September 30, 2014 , we were in compliance with these covenants.

The mortgage loans encumbering our properties, including properties held by our unconsolidated joint ventures, are generally nonrecourse, subject to certain exceptions for which we would be liable for any resulting losses incurred by the lender.  These exceptions vary from loan to loan but generally include fraud or a material misrepresentation, misstatement or omission by the borrower, intentional or grossly negligent conduct by the borrower that harms the property or results in a loss to the lender, filing of a bankruptcy petition by the borrower, either directly or indirectly and certain environmental liabilities.  In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events, such as fraud or filing of a bankruptcy petition by the borrower, we or our joint ventures would be liable for the entire outstanding balance of the loan, all interest accrued thereon and certain other costs, including penalties and expenses.

We have entered into mortgage loans which are secured by multiple properties and contain cross-collateralization and cross-default provisions.  Cross-collateralization provisions allow a lender to foreclose on multiple properties in the event that we default under the loan.  Cross-default provisions allow a lender to foreclose on the related property in the event a default is declared under another loan.


Page 15 of 39





The following table presents scheduled principal payments on mortgages and notes payable as of September 30, 2014 :
Year Ending December 31,
 
(In thousands)
2014 (Oct 1  - December 31)
$
1,122

2015
86,117

2016
143,619

2017
113,196

2018
85,275

Thereafter
494,632

Subtotal debt
923,961

Unamortized premium
9,213

Total debt (including unamortized premium)
$
933,174

 
 

 
We have no mortgage maturities until the second quarter of 2015. It is our intent to repay maturing mortgages using cash, borrowings under our unsecured line of credit, or other sources of financing.  

8.  Other Liabilities, net

Other liabilities consist of the following: 
 
 
September 30,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Lease intangible liabilities, net
 
$
55,579

 
$
40,386

Cash flow hedge mark-to-market liability
 
2,108

 
2,297

Deferred liabilities
 
2,560

 
2,637

Tenant security deposits
 
3,276

 
2,940

Other, net
 
288

 
333

Other liabilities, net
 
$
63,811

 
$
48,593

 
 
 
 
 
 
The lease intangible liability relates to below-market leases that are being accreted over the applicable terms of the acquired leases, which resulted in an increase in revenue of $3.7 million and $2.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.


Page 16 of 39





9.  Fair Value

We utilize fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures.  Derivative instruments (interest rate swaps) are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  Additionally, we, from time to time, may be required to record other assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.  As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, GAAP establishes three fair value levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.  The assessed inputs used in determining any fair value measurement could result in incorrect valuations that could be material to our condensed consolidated financial statements.  These levels are:

Level 1
Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

Level 2
Valuation is based upon prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

Level 3
Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market.  These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for our assets and liabilities recorded at fair value.

Derivative Assets and Liabilities

All of our derivative instruments are interest rate swaps for which quoted market prices are not readily available.  For those derivatives, we measure fair value on a recurring basis using valuation models that use primarily market observable inputs, such as yield curves.  We classify these instruments as Level 2.  Refer to Note 10 for additional information on our derivative financial instruments.

The table below presents the recorded amount of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2014 .
 
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
 
(In thousands)
Derivative assets - interest rate swaps
 
$
1,215

 
$

 
$
1,215

 
$

Derivative liabilities - interest rate swaps
 
$
(2,108
)
 
$

 
$
(2,108
)
 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, receivables and accounts payable and accrued liabilities are reasonable estimates of their fair values because of the short maturity of these financial instruments.

We estimated the fair value of our debt based on our incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements with the same remaining maturity and on the discounted estimated future cash payments to be made for other debt.  The discount rates used approximate current lending rates for loans or groups of loans with similar maturities and credit quality, assumes the debt is outstanding through maturity and considers the debt’s collateral (if applicable).  Since such amounts are estimates that are based on limited available market information for similar transactions, there can be no assurance that the disclosed value of any financial instrument could be realized by immediate settlement of the instrument. 

Fixed rate debt (including variable rate debt swapped to fixed through derivatives) with carrying values of $775.8 million and $649.9 million as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively, have fair values of approximately $796.5 million and $650.9 million , respectively.  Variable rate debt’s fair value is estimated to be the carrying values of $148.1 million and $100.1 million as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively. We classify our debt as Level 2.


Page 17 of 39





The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for our assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:

Net Real Estate

Our net investment in real estate, including any identifiable intangible assets, is subject to impairment testing on a nonrecurring basis.  To estimate fair value, we use discounted cash flow models that include assumptions of the discount rates that market participants would use in pricing the asset.  To the extent impairment has occurred, we charge to expense the excess of the carrying value of the property over its estimated fair value.  We classify impaired real estate assets as nonrecurring Level 3.

Equity Investments in Unconsolidated Joint Ventures

Our equity investments in unconsolidated joint ventures are subject to impairment testing on a nonrecurring basis if there is an indication that a decrease in the value of our investment has occurred that is other-than-temporary.  To estimate the fair value of properties held by unconsolidated entities, we use cash flow models, discount rates, and capitalization rates based upon assumptions of the rates that market participants would use in pricing the asset.  To the extent other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, we charge to expense the excess of the carrying value of the equity investment over its estimated fair value.  We classify other-than-temporarily impaired equity investments in unconsolidated entities as nonrecurring Level 3.

10.  Derivative Financial Instruments

We utilize interest rate swap agreements for risk management purposes to reduce the impact of changes in interest rates on our variable rate debt.  On the date we enter into an interest rate swap, the derivative is designated as a hedge against the variability of cash flows that are to be paid in connection with a recognized liability.  Subsequent changes in the fair value of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge that is determined to be highly effective are recorded in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) until earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows of the hedged transaction.  The differential between fixed and variable rates to be paid or received is accrued, as interest rates change, and recognized currently as interest expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.  We assess effectiveness of our cash flow hedges both at inception and on an ongoing basis.  Our cash flow hedges become ineffective if critical terms of the hedging instrument and the debt do not perfectly match such as notional amounts, settlement dates, reset dates and calculation period.

At September 30, 2014 , we had seven interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $210.0 million that were designated as cash flow hedges.  The agreements provided for swapping one-month LIBOR interest rates ranging from 1.2% to 2.2% on $210.0 million of unsecured term loans and have expirations ranging from April 2016 to May 2020 .

The following table summarizes the notional values and fair values of our derivative financial instruments as of September 30, 2014 :
 
 
Hedge
 
Notional
 
Fixed
 
Fair
 
Expiration
Underlying Debt
 
Type
 
Value
 
Rate
 
Value
 
Date
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Derivative Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unsecured term loan facility
 
Cash Flow
 
$
50,000

 
1.4600
%
 
$
1,215

 
05/2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unsecured term loan facility
 
Cash Flow
 
$
75,000

 
1.2175
%
 
$
(829
)
 
04/2016
Unsecured term loan facility
 
Cash Flow
 
30,000

 
2.0480
%
 
(599
)
 
10/2018
Unsecured term loan facility
 
Cash Flow
 
25,000

 
1.8500
%
 
(316
)
 
10/2018
Unsecured term loan facility
 
Cash Flow
 
5,000

 
1.8400
%
 
(59
)
 
10/2018
Unsecured term loan facility
 
Cash Flow
 
15,000

 
2.1500
%
 
(183
)
 
05/2020
Unsecured term loan facility
 
Cash Flow
 
10,000

 
2.1500
%
 
(122
)
 
05/2020
 
 
 
 
$
160,000

 
 

 
$
(2,108
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Page 18 of 39





The following table presents the fair values of derivative financial instruments in our condensed consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively:
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
Derivatives designated as
 
Balance Sheet
 
Fair
 
Balance Sheet
 
Fair
hedging instruments
 
Location
 
Value
 
Location
 
Value
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Interest rate contracts - assets
 
Other assets
 
$
1,215

 
Other assets
 
$
2,244

Interest rate contracts - liabilities
 
Other liabilities
 
$
(2,108
)
 
Other liabilities
 
$
(2,297
)
 
 
 
 


 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The effect of derivative financial instruments on our condensed consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 is summarized as follows:
 
 
Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in OCI on Derivative
(Effective Portion)
 
Location of
Loss
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI
into Income
(Effective Portion)
 
Amount of Loss
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (Effective Portion)
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationship
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts - assets
 
$
(1,029
)
 
$
1,499

 
Interest Expense
 
$
(876
)
 
$
(243
)
Interest rate contracts - liabilities
 
189

 
2,557

 
Interest Expense
 
(1,424
)
 
(1,380
)
Total
 
$
(840
)
 
$
4,056

 
Total
 
$
(2,300
)
 
$
(1,623
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

11.   Earnings Per Common Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic earnings per share (“EPS”):
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Income from continuing operations
 
$
6,263

 
$
4,816

 
$
10,144

 
$
13,735

Net income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
 
(180
)
 
(169
)
 
(303
)
 
(526
)
Preferred share dividends
 
(1,813
)
 
(1,813
)
 
(5,438
)
 
(5,438
)
Allocation of continuing income to restricted share awards
 
(65
)
 
(37
)
 
(162
)
 
(99
)
Income from continuing operations attributable to RPT
 
$
4,205

 
$
2,797

 
$
4,241

 
$
7,672

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from discontinued operations
 

 
899

 

 
3,036

Net income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
 

 
(32
)
 

 
(108
)
Allocation of discontinued income to restricted share awards
 

 
(7
)
 

 
(24
)
Income from discontinued operations attributable to RPT
 

 
860

 

 
2,904

Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
4,205

 
$
3,657

 
$
4,241

 
$
10,576

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding, Basic
 
74,840

 
61,102

 
70,283

 
57,626

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income per common share, Basic
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Continuing operations
 
$
0.06

 
$
0.05

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.13

Discontinued operations
 

 
0.01

 

 
0.05

Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
0.06

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Page 19 of 39





The following table sets forth the computation of diluted EPS:
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Income from continuing operations
 
$
6,263

 
$
4,816

 
$
10,144

 
$
13,735

Net income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
 
(180
)
 
(169
)
 
(303
)
 
(526
)
Preferred share dividends
 
(1,813
)
 
(1,813
)
 
(5,438
)
 
(5,438
)
Allocation of continuing income to restricted share awards
 
(65
)
 
(37
)
 
(162
)
 
(99
)
Allocation of over distributed continuing income to restricted share awards
 

 
(6
)
 

 
(17
)
Income from continuing operations attributable to RPT
 
$
4,205

 
$
2,791

 
$
4,241

 
$
7,655

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from discontinued operations
 

 
899

 

 
3,036

Net income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
 

 
(32
)
 

 
(108
)
Allocation of discontinued income to restricted share awards
 

 
(1
)
 

 
(3
)
Income from discontinued operations attributable to RPT
 

 
866

 

 
2,925

Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
4,205

 
$
3,657

 
$
4,241

 
$
10,580

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding, Basic
 
74,840

 
61,102

 
70,283

 
57,626

Stock options and restricted stock awards using the treasury method
 
240

 
470

 
237

 
471

Dilutive effect of securities (1)
 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, Diluted
 
75,080

 
61,572

 
70,520

 
58,097

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income per common share, Basic
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Continuing operations
 
$
0.06

 
$
0.05

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.13

Discontinued operations
 

 
0.01

 

 
0.05

Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
0.06

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  (1) The assumed conversion of preferred shares are anti-dilutive for all periods presented and accordingly, have been excluded from the weighted average common shares used to compute diluted EPS.

Page 20 of 39





12.  Share-based Compensation Plans

As of September 30, 2014 , we have one share-based compensation plan in effect.  The 2012 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2012 LTIP”) under which our compensation committee may grant, subject to the Company’s performance conditions as specified by the compensation committee, restricted shares, restricted share units, options and other awards to trustees, officers and other key employees.  The 2012 LTIP allows us to issue up to 2,000,000 shares of our common stock, units or stock options, of which 1,706,688 remained available for issuance at September 30, 2014 .

In addition, as of September 30, 2014 , we had 197,849 share awards that were granted under plans which terminated when the 2012 LTIP became effective.  These awards have various expiration dates through June 2017.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , we had the following activity:

granted 31,304 shares of restricted stock to non-employee trustees that vest over one year;
issued restricted stock related to the 2011 performance-based units.  The measurement period was January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013 and measured our three -year shareholder return compared to our peer group.  Our rank in comparison to the peer group resulted in a grant of 159,424 shares of restricted stock.  Per the plan, 50% vested on the date of the grant and the balance vests on the first anniversary of the date of the grant;
granted 114,114 shares of service-based restricted stock that vest over five years. The service-based awards were valued based on our closing stock price as of the grant date of March 1, 2014 and the expense is recognized on a graded vesting basis; and
granted performance-based cash units that are earned subject to a future performance measurement based on a three -year shareholder return peer comparison (“TSR Grants”).  If the performance criterion is met, the actual value of the units earned will be determined and 50% of the award will be paid in cash immediately while the balance will be paid in cash the following year.

We recognized share-based compensation expense of $1.6 million for each of the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013 .

Pursuant to ASC 718 – Stock Compensation, we determine the grant date fair value of TSR Grants, and any subsequent re-measurements, based upon a Monte Carlo simulation model.  We will recognize the compensation expense ratably over the requisite service period.  We are required to re-value the cash awards at the end of each quarter using the same methodology as was used at the initial grant date and adjust the compensation expense accordingly.  If at the end of the three -year measurement period the performance criteria are not met, compensation expense previously recognized would be reversed.  Compensation expense related to the cash awards was $1.6 million and $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

As of September 30, 2014 , we had $5.5 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested restricted shares and performance based equity and cash awards.  This expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4.4 years.

13.  Taxes

Income Taxes

We conduct our operations with the intent of meeting the requirements applicable to a REIT under sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code.  In order to maintain our qualification as a REIT, we are required to distribute annually at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, excluding net capital gain, to our shareholders.  As long as we qualify as a REIT, we will generally not be liable for federal corporate income taxes.

Certain of our operations, including property management and asset management, as well as ownership of certain land, are conducted through our Taxable REIT Subsidiaries (“TRSs”) which allows us to provide certain services and conduct certain activities that are not generally considered as qualifying REIT activities.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the impact of temporary differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the bases of such assets and liabilities as measured by tax laws.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the amount where realization is more likely than not assured after considering all available evidence, including expected taxable earnings and potential tax planning strategies.  Our temporary differences primarily relate to deferred compensation, depreciation, and net operating loss carry forwards.


Page 21 of 39





As of September 30, 2014 , we had a federal and state deferred tax asset of $10.4 million , and a valuation allowance of $10.2 million .  We believe that it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to recognize the net deferred tax assets.  These future operations are primarily dependent upon the profitability of our TRSs, the timing and amounts of gains on land sales, and other factors affecting the results of operations of the TRSs.  The valuation allowances relate to net operating loss carry forwards and tax basis differences where there is uncertainty regarding their realizability.

We recorded income tax provisions of approximately $18,000 and $1,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

Sales Taxes

We collect various taxes from tenants and remit these amounts, on a net basis, to the applicable taxing authorities.

14.  Commitments and Contingencies

Construction Costs

In connection with the development and expansion of various shopping centers as of September 30, 2014 , we had entered into agreements for construction costs of approximately $17.1 million .

Litigation

We are currently involved in certain litigation arising in the ordinary course of business; however, we do not believe that any of this litigation will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Leases   

Operating Leases

We lease office space for our corporate headquarters under an operating lease and have operating leases for land at one of our shopping centers.

Capital Leases

We have ground leases at Gaines Marketplace Shopping Center and Buttermilk Towne Center, both of which we have recorded as capital leases. 

We recognized rent expense related to these leases of $0.7 million and $0.8 million for the the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

15.  Subsequent Events

We have evaluated subsequent events through the date that the condensed consolidated financial statements were issued.

Subsequent to September 30, 2014 we completed the sale of Northwest Crossing located in Knoxville, Tennessee and Fraser Shopping Center located in Fraser, MI for $15.5 million and $3.3 million , respectively.

In addition we amended our unsecured revolving credit facility. The amended facility provides commitments totaling $350 million from nine banks and has a final maturity date in October 2019. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at varying rates depending on the Company’s leverage ratio (the current borrowing rate under the new facility being LIBOR plus 135 basis points).


Page 22 of 39





Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the condensed consolidated financial statements, including the respective notes thereto, which are included in this Form 10-Q.

Forward-Looking Statements

This document contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  These forward-looking statements represent our expectations, plans or beliefs concerning future events and may be identified by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “believe,” “expect,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “continue,” “predict” or similar terms.  Although the forward-looking statements made in this document are based on our good faith beliefs, reasonable assumptions and our best judgment based upon current information, certain factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements, including: our success or failure in implementing our business strategy; economic conditions generally and in the commercial real estate and finance markets specifically; the cost and availability of capital, which depends in part on our asset quality and our relationships with lenders and other capital providers; our business prospects and outlook; changes in governmental regulations, tax rates and similar matters; our continuing to qualify as a REIT; and other factors discussed elsewhere in this document and our other filings with the SEC, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 .   Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.  Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

Overview

We are a fully integrated, self-administered, publicly-traded REIT which owns, develops, acquires, manages and leases community shopping centers located in strategic metropolitan markets throughout the Eastern, Midwestern and Central United States.  As of September 30, 2014 , our property portfolio consists of 70 wholly owned shopping centers and one office building comprising approximately 14.5 million million square feet.  In addition, we are co-investor in and manager of two institutional joint ventures that own portfolios of shopping centers.  We own 20% of Ramco 450 Venture LLC, an entity that owns eight shopping centers comprising approximately 1.6 million square feet.  We own 30% of Ramco/Lion Venture L.P., an entity that owns three shopping centers comprising approximately 0.8 million square feet.  We also have ownership interests in two smaller joint ventures that each own a shopping center. In addition, we own interests in three parcels of land available for development and five parcels of land available for sale. Our core portfolio, which includes joint venture properties, was 95.4% leased at September 30, 2014 .  Including properties in redevelopment or slated for redevelopment, our overall portfolio was 94.8% leased.

Business Strategy

Our goal is to maximize shareholder value through a well-defined business strategy that focuses on the following elements:
Leasing and managing our shopping centers to increase occupancy, maximize rental income, and control operating expenses and capital expenditures;
Redeveloping our centers to increase gross leasable area, reconfigure space for creditworthy tenants, create outparcels, sell excess land, and generally make the centers more desirable for our tenants and their shoppers; and
Acquiring new shopping centers that are located in targeted metropolitan markets, anchored by stable and productive supermarkets, discounters, or national chain stores, and that provide opportunities to add value through intensive leasing, management, or redevelopment.

Our goal is also to manage our portfolio of assets to mitigate risk by:
Developing our land available for development into income-producing investment property, subject to market demand, availability of capital and adequate returns on our incremental capital;
Selling non-core shopping centers and redeploying the proceeds into investments that meet our criteria; and
Selling land parcels and using the proceeds to pay down debt or reinvest in our business.

Finally, we aim to support our business and portfolio strategies by:
Maintaining a strong and flexible balance sheet by capitalizing our Company with a moderate ratio of debt to equity and by financing our investment activities with various forms and sources of capital; and
Managing our overall enterprise to create an efficient organization with a strong corporate culture and transparent disclosure for all stakeholders.

We periodically review our performance on these endeavors and adjust our operational and financial tactics accordingly.


Page 23 of 39





We accomplished the following activity during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 :

Operating Activity

For the combined portfolio, including wholly-owned and joint venture properties we reported the following leasing activity:
 
Leasing Transactions

Square Footage

 Base Rent/SF

Prior Rent/SF

Tenant Improvements/SF

Leasing Commissions/SF

Renewals
177

1,265,796

$
12.93

$
12.29

$

$

New Leases - Comparable
22

57,268

17.74

14.98

12.36

3.88

New Leases - Non-Comparable (1)
60

471,521

12.29

N/A

17.88

3.27

Total
259

1,794,585

$
12.91

N/A

$
5.09

$
0.98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Non-comparable lease transactions include leases for space vacant for greater than 12 months, leases for space which has been combined from smaller spaces or demised from larger spaces, and leases structured differently from the prior lease. As a result, there is no prior rent per square foot to compare to the base rent per square foot of the new lease.

Investing Activity

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 we completed acquisitions of $322.2 million in wholly-owned income producing properties. Refer to Note 3 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional detail related to our acquisitions.

We have two redevelopment and three expansion projects currently in process. Total projected costs is estimated to be approximately $44.0 million with completion dates scheduled for early to mid 2015.

In addition, Phase II of Parkway Shops has commenced with a 55,000 square foot Hobby Lobby. The total projected cost (excluding land which we own) is estimated to be $5.2 million and is expected to be completed by the fourth quarter of 2015.

In the third quarter, we substantially completed construction of Phase I of Lakeland Park Center located in Lakeland, Florida, at a cost to date of approximately $32.0 million , excluding land cost. Lakeland Park Center is being developed in two phases. Phase I consists of approximately 210,000 square feet of retail space.

In the second quarter we completed construction of a 55,000 square foot Hobby Lobby at the Shoppes at Fox River for $5.3 million.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 we completed the following dispositions for net proceeds to us of $10.8 million :

Naples Towne Centre, a 134,707 square foot shopping center located in Naples, Florida, for $7.0 million; and
Three outparcels of land plus one income producing outparcel in various locations for a combined $3.8 million.

Financing Activity

Debt

We closed the following debt transactions during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 :

a $100 million private placement of senior unsecured notes consisting of $50 million of notes with a ten-year term with a fixed interest rate of 4.65% and $50 million of notes with a twelve-year term at a fixed interest rate of 4.74%. A "shelf" facility allows for the sale of an additional $50 million in notes to the same purchaser within the next three years, subject to approval, pricing and documentation; and
a $75 million senior unsecured term loan with an additional $75 million accordion feature. The loan has a seven-year term and bears interest at an annual rate of LIBOR plus 1.25% to 2.25% (initially 1.7%) depending upon our leverage or credit rating. The interest expense will be hedged with an existing interest rate swap expiring in April 2016, resulting in an effective fixed initial annual rate of 2.9%.


Page 24 of 39





The combined proceeds from these financings were used to repay $165 million in outstanding debt, as well as for general corporate purposes.     

In September 2014, we entered into an agreement to issue $100 million of private placement of senior unsecured notes. The financing will consist of $50 million of notes with a ten-year term priced at a fixed interest rate of 4.16% and $50 million of notes with a twelve-year term priced at a fixed interest rate of 4.30%. The notes are expected to be sold in the fourth quarter of 2014 with proceeds used to lower the outstanding balance on our revolving credit facility with net proceeds to be used to reduce the balance outstanding on our revolving credit facility.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 we had the following mortgage transactions:

In conjunction with our acquisition of Bridgewater Falls, we assumed a mortgage loan with a $58.6 million principal balance outstanding and an interest rate of 5.7 %. We recorded a premium of approximately $6.8 million based upon the fair value of the loan on the date it was assumed. This mortgage premium is being amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the loan; and
We repaid mortgages securing the following properties:
The Auburn Mile in the amount of $6.6 million with an interest rate of 5.4% ; and
Crossroads Centre in the amount of $23.2 million with an interest rate of 5.4% .

Equity

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , we completed an underwritten public offering of 6.9 million newly issued common shares of beneficial interest. Our total net proceeds, after deducting expenses, were approximately $108.7 million and were used to fund a portion of the consideration for our acquisitions in the third quarter 2014.

Through our controlled equity offering we have issued 3.8 million common shares at an average share price of $16.50 and received approximately $61.7 million in net proceeds during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 .  As of September 30, 2014 , there were 4.0 million shares remaining under this program.

Land Available for Development or Sale

At September 30, 2014 , we had two projects in pre-development and various parcels of land available for development or sale.  We estimate that if we proceed with the development of these projects, up to approximately 300,000 square feet of GLA could be developed, excluding various outparcels of land. It is our policy to start vertical construction on new development projects only after the project has received entitlements, significant anchor commitments and construction financing, if appropriate.

Our development and construction activities are subject to risks such as our inability to obtain the necessary zoning or other governmental approvals for a project, our determination that the expected return on a project is not sufficient to warrant continuation of the planned development, or our change in plan or scope for the development.  If any of these events occur, we may record an impairment provision.

Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our 2013 Annual Report on Form 10-K contains a description of our critical accounting policies, including initial adoption of accounting policies, revenue recognition and accounts receivable, real estate investment, off balance sheet arrangements, fair value measurements and deferred charges.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , there were no material changes to these policies, except for the presentation changes related to our adoption of the provisions of ASU 2014-08 "Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360), Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity."


Page 25 of 39





Comparison of three months ended September 30, 2014 to 2013

The following summarizes certain line items from our unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations which we believe are important in understanding our operations and/or those items which have significantly changed in the three months ended September 30, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013 :

 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
Dollar
Change

 
Percent
Change

 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Total revenue
 
$
55,143

 
$
45,411

 
$
9,732

 
21.4
 %
Recoverable operating and real estate tax expense
 
13,657

 
11,176

 
2,481

 
22.2
 %
Other non-recoverable operating expense
 
942

 
668

 
274

 
41.0
 %
Depreciation and amortization
 
19,178

 
15,094

 
4,084

 
27.1
 %
Acquisition costs
 
1,189

 
103

 
1,086

 
NM

General and administrative expense
 
5,395

 
5,260

 
135

 
2.6
 %
Other expense, net
 
(243
)
 
(400
)
 
157

 
(39.3
)%
Gain on sale of real estate
 
258

 
(13
)
 
271

 
NM

Earnings from unconsolidated joint ventures
 
455

 
387

 
68

 
17.6
 %
Interest expense
 
(8,645
)
 
(7,915
)
 
(730
)
 
9.2
 %
Amortization of deferred financing fees
 
(342
)
 
(382
)
 
40

 
(10.5
)%
Income tax benefit
 
(2
)
 
29

 
(31
)
 
NM

Income from discontinued operations
 

 
899

 
(899
)
 
NM

Net income attributable to noncontrolling partner interest
 
(180
)
 
(201
)
 
21

 
NM

Preferred share dividends
 
(1,813
)
 
(1,813
)
 

 

Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
4,270

 
$
3,701

 
$
569

 
15.4
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NM - Not meaningful
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2014 , increase d $9.7 million , or 21.4% , from 2013 .  The increase is primarily due to the following:
 
$8.8 million increase related to acquisitions completed in the third quarter of 2014 and the second half of 2013;
$2.2 million increase related to our existing centers; and
$0.2 million increase related to completed development projects; offset by
lower lease termination income of $0.8 million; and
$0.7 million decrease related to properties sold in 2014 and properties in redevelopment.

Recoverable operating expense and real estate taxes for the three months ended September 30, 2014 increase d $ 2.5 million , or 22.2% , from 2013 .  The increase was primarily due to following:

$1.9 million increase related to our 2013 and 2014 acquisitions; and
$0.8 million increase at existing centers; offset by
$0.3 million decrease related to properties sold in 2014 and properties in redevelopment.

Other non-recoverable operating expense for the three months ended September 30, 2014 increase d $0.3 million , or 41.0% from 2013 primarily due to properties acquired in 2014 that have merchant associations and a net increase in bad debt allowance for the quarter.

Depreciation and amortization expense for the three months ended September 30, 2014 increase d $ 4.1 million , or 27.1% , from 2013 .  The increase was primarily due to the acquisitions completed in 2013 and the third quarter of 2014.

Interest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2014 increase d $0.7 million from 2013 primarily due to the following:

$1.0 million net increase in interest related to term loans primarily due to the issuance of senior unsecured notes in May 2014; offset in part by

Page 26 of 39





$0.3 million increase in the amortization of mortgage premiums; and
increased capitalized interest due to our development and redevelopment projects.

Income from discontinued operations was $0.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013 . We recorded a gain on sale of real estate of $0.7 million and $0.2 million in income from discontinued operations.  Pursuant to our adoption of the provisions of ASU 2014-08 beginning with the period ended March 31, 2014, in general, our activity related to individual sales of properties wholly-owned or co-owned with joint ventures will no longer be classified as discontinued operations.

Comparison of nine months ended September 30, 2014 to 2013

The following summarizes certain line items from our unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations which we believe are important in understanding our operations and/or those items which have significantly changed in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013 :

 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
Dollar
Change

 
Percent
Change

 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Total revenue
 
$
155,206

 
$
122,051

 
$
33,155

 
27.2
 %
Recoverable operating expense
 
40,269

 
30,348

 
9,921

 
32.7
 %
Other non-recoverable operating expense
 
2,626

 
2,135

 
491

 
23.0
 %
Depreciation and amortization
 
60,577

 
40,422

 
20,155

 
49.9
 %
Acquisition costs
 
1,722

 
784

 
938

 
119.6
 %
General and administrative expense
 
16,095

 
15,713

 
382

 
2.4
 %
Other expense, net
 
(615
)
 
(716
)
 
101

 
(14.1
)%
Gain on sale of real estate
 
2,930

 
3,901

 
(971
)
 
NM

Loss from unconsolidated joint ventures
 
(336
)
 
(5,027
)
 
4,691

 
(93.3
)%
Interest expense
 
(23,876
)
 
(21,284
)
 
(2,592
)
 
12.2
 %
Amortization of deferred financing fees
 
(1,115
)
 
(1,069
)
 
(46
)
 
4.3
 %
Deferred gain recognized on real estate
 
117

 
5,282

 
(5,165
)
 
NM

Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
(860
)
 

 
(860
)
 
NM

Income tax provision
 
(18
)
 
(1
)
 
(17
)
 
NM

Income from discontinued operations
 

 
3,036

 
(3,036
)
 
NM

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
 
(303
)
 
(634
)
 
331

 
NM

Preferred share dividends
 
(5,438
)
 
(5,438
)
 

 

Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
4,403

 
$
10,699

 
$
(6,296
)
 
(58.8
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NM - Not meaningful
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , increase d $33.2 million , or 27.2% , from 2013 .  The increase is primarily due to the following:
 
$30.9 million increase related to acquisitions completed in 2014 and 2013;
$3.1 million increase related to our existing centers; and
$0.8 million increase related completed development projects; offset by
lower lease termination income of $0.3 million; and
$1.3 million decrease related to properties sold in 2014 and properties in redevelopment.

Recoverable operating expense and real estate taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 increase d $9.9 million , or 32.7% , from 2013 .  The increase is primarily due to the following:

$8.4 million increase related to our 2014 and 2013 acquisitions; 
$1.5 million increase related to our existing centers primarily due to higher snow removal costs; and
$0.2 million increase related completed development projects; offset by

Page 27 of 39





$0.2 million decrease in real estate taxes related to properties sold in 2014 and properties in redevelopment.

Other non-recoverable operating expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 increase d $0.5 million , or 23.0% , from 2013 . The increase was primarily related to our acquisitions in 2013 and 2014.

Depreciation and amortization expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 increase d $20.2 million , or 49.9% , from 2013 .  The increase was primarily due:

$14.4 million related to our 2014 and 2013 acquisitions; and
$6.5 million related to the demolition of portions of Merchants Square and Village Plaza for redevelopment and the acceleration of the related depreciation.

Gain on sale of real estate was $ 2.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and is comprised of a $2.3 million gain related to the sale of the Naples Town Center and $0.6 million related to the sale of three outparcels and one income producing outparcel, compared to a gain of $3.9 million in 2013 related to the sale of land at our Roseville Towne Center and two outparcels at our Parkway Shops development.

Loss from unconsolidated joint ventures for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 decreased $4.7 million .  In 2013 we acquired our partners' 70% interest in 12 shopping centers held in the Ramco/Lion Venture LP. The sale resulted in a loss of $21.2 million to the joint venture of which our share was $6.4 million. In addition in 2014 we recorded additional depreciation expense due to the acceleration of depreciation as a result of the demolition of a portion of a center for redevelopment partially offset by lower interest expense in 2014 due to the refinancing of several mortgages in 2013.

Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 increase d $2.6 million from 2013 primarily due to the following:
$3.8 million increase related to the issuance of senior unsecured notes in May 2014 and July 2013;
$0.6 million increase related to term loan interest; offset in part by
lower average balances on our revolving credit facility;
$0.8 million decrease in interest related to mortgage debt due to the payoff of higher interest mortgages in 2013 and 2014 and the amortization of mortgage premiums; and
increased capitalized interest due to our development and redevelopment projects.

In 2014, we recorded a deferred gain of $0.1 million related to the conveyance of a joint venture property in which we held a 7% interest. We had sold the property in 2007 to the joint venture and deferred the portion of the gain related to our joint venture interest. When the property was conveyed to the lender in March 2014 we recognized the previously deferred gain. In 2013 the deferred gain of $5.3 million related to a property we sold in 2007 to the Ramco/Lion Venture, LP, a joint venture in which we have a 30% non-controlling interest. Due to our continuing involvement we deferred the portion of the gain related to our 30% interest. In 2013 we acquired our partners' 70% interest in the property and recognized the previously deferred gain.

In 2014 we recorded a $0.9 million loss on extinguishment of debt due to the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs associated with the early payoff of $120.0 million in unsecured term loan debt. We had no such activity in 2013.

In 2013 income from discontinued operations was $3.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 .  We recorded a gain on sale of real estate of $2.2 million and $0.8 million in income from discontinued operations.  Pursuant to our adoption of the provisions of ASU 2014-08 beginning with the period ended March 31, 2014, in general, our activity related to individual sales of properties wholly-owned or co-owned with joint ventures will no longer be classified as discontinued operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Through our controlled equity offering we have issued 3.8 million common shares at an average share price of $16.50 and received approximately $61.7 million in net proceeds during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 .  As of September 30, 2014 , there were approximately 4.0 million shares remaining under this program.

Our internally generated funds and distributions from operating centers and other investing activities, augmented by use of our existing lines of credit and equity sales through our controlled equity offering, provide resources to maintain our current operations and assets and pay dividends. Generally, our need to access the capital markets is limited to refinancing debt obligations at or near maturity and funding major capital investments and acquisitions. See “Planned Capital Spending” for more details.

At September 30, 2014 , we had $11.8 million in cash and cash equivalents and $4.9 million in restricted cash. Restricted cash was comprised primarily of funds held in escrow to pay real estate taxes, insurance premiums, and certain capital expenditures.

Page 28 of 39






Short-Term Liquidity Requirements

Our short-term liquidity needs consist primarily of funds necessary to pay operating expenses associated with our operating properties, interest and scheduled principal payments on our debt, capital expenditures related to tenant improvements and redevelopment activities, expected dividend payments (including distributions to Operating Partnership unit holders) and .  We believe that our retained cash flow from operations along with availability under our revolving credit facility is sufficient to meet these obligations.

In addition, in September 2014, we entered into an agreement to issue $100 million of private placement of senior unsecured notes. The financing will consist of $50 million of notes with a ten-year term priced at a fixed interest rate of 4.16% and $50 million of notes with a twelve-year term priced at a fixed interest rate of 4.30%. The notes are expected to be sold in the fourth quarter 2014 with proceeds used to reduce the outstanding balance on our revolving credit facility.

Our next scheduled debt maturities are in the second quarter of 2015.  As opportunities arise and market conditions permit, we will continue to pursue the strategy of selling mature properties or non-core assets that no longer meet our investment criteria.  Our ability to obtain acceptable selling prices and satisfactory terms and financing will impact the timing of future sales.  We anticipate using net proceeds from the sale of properties to reduce outstanding debt and support future growth initiatives.

Long-Term Liquidity Requirements

Our long-term liquidity needs consist primarily of funds necessary to pay indebtedness at maturity, potential acquisitions of properties, redevelopment of existing properties, the development of land and non-recurring capital expenditures.

As of September 30, 2014 , $113.0 million was available to be borrowed under our unsecured revolving credit facility subject to continuing compliance with maintenance covenants that may affect availability. Subsequent to September 30, 2014 we amended the revolving credit facility. The amended facility provides commitments totaling $350 million from nine banks and has a final maturity date in October 2019. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at varying rates depending on the Company’s leverage ratio (the current borrowing rate under the new facility being LIBOR plus 135 basis points).

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , our cash flows were as follows compared to the same period in 2013 :
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Cash provided by operating activities
$
77,611

 
$
66,156

Cash used in investing activities
(310,949
)
 
(235,249
)
Cash provided by financing activities
239,369

 
169,642

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Operating Activities

Net cash flow increased $11.5 million in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to:

net operating income increased $20.7 million as a result of our acquisitions (net of dispositions) and leasing activity at our shopping centers; offset by
a decrease in accounts payable and other liabilities of approximately $8.5 million ; and
an increase in interest expense of approximately $2.6 million due to the issuance of senior unsecured notes in July 2013 and May 2014 offset by reduced interest rates on our junior subordinated notes and lower mortgage interest due to repayment of mortgages.

Investing Activities

Net cash used for investing activities increased $75.7 million compared to 2013 primarily due to:

in 2014 we used $252.7 million (net of dispositions) to acquire four properties compared to $197.5 million (net of dispositions) to acquire 15 properties in 2013;
in 2014 development and capital expenditures increased $26.8 million primarily due to the ongoing construction of Phase I of Lakeland Park Center and redevelopments at various properties;

Page 29 of 39





in 2013 we made $3.3 million (net of distributions) in joint venture capital contributions. There have been no capital contributions in 2014; and
in 2014 we had a decrease in restricted cash of $3.1 million compared to 2013.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities increased $69.7 million primarily due to:

increase in proceeds from notes of $15.0 million and a decrease in the payment of deferred financing costs of $0.6 million ;
increase in the amount of borrowings of $87.7 million in 2014 compared to 2013;
decreased proceeds of $24.6 million from common stock issued;
higher cash dividends to common shareholders by $10.1 million due to the increase in the number of common shares outstanding and a 6.7% increase in our quarterly dividend compared to 2013; offset by
a conversion of OP units for cash of $1.2 million in 2013.

Dividends and Equity

We believe that we currently qualify, and we intend to continue to qualify in the future as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code”).  Under the Code, as a REIT we must distribute annually to our shareholders at least 90% of our REIT taxable income annually, excluding net capital gains.  Our dividend policy is set by our Board of Trustees, which monitors our financial results and financial position quarterly.

On September 3, 2014, our Board of Trustees declared a quarterly cash dividend distribution of $0.20 per common share paid to common shareholders of record on September 19, 2014 , a 6.7% increase from the same period in 2013 .  Future dividends will be declared at the discretion of our Board of Trustees.  On an annual basis, we intend to make distributions to shareholders of at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, excluding net capital gains, in order to maintain our qualification as a REIT.  On an annualized basis, our current dividend is above our estimated minimum required distribution.

Distributions paid by us are funded from cash flows from operating activities. To the extent that cash flows from operating activities are insufficient to pay total distributions for any period, alternative funding sources such as sales of real estate and bank borrowings may be used.  We expect that distribution requirements for an entire year will be met with cash flows from operating activities.  Additionally, we declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.90625 per preferred share to preferred shareholders of record on September 19, 2014 , unchanged from the dividend declared for the same period in 2013 .
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Cash provided by operating activities
$
77,611

 
$
66,156

 
 
 
 
Cash distributions to preferred shareholders
$
(5,438
)
 
$
(5,438
)
Cash distributions to common shareholders
(38,540
)
 
(28,539
)
Cash distributions to operating partnership unit holders
(1,267
)
 
(1,158
)
Total distributions
(45,245
)
 
(35,135
)
 
 
 
 
Surplus
$
32,366

 
$
31,021

 
 
 
 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , we completed an underwritten public offering of 6.9 million newly issued common shares of beneficial interest. Our total net proceeds, after deducting expenses, were approximately $108.7 million and were used to fund a portion of the consideration for our acquisitions in the third quarter 2014.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , we issued 3.8 million common shares through our controlled equity offering generating $61.7 million in net proceeds, after sales commissions and fees of $0.9 million .  We used the net proceeds for general corporate purposes including the repayment of debt.  We have registered up to 8.0 million common shares for issuance from time to time, in our sole discretion, through our controlled equity offering sales agreement, of which 4.0 million shares remained unsold as of September 30, 2014 .  The shares issued in the controlled equity offering are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on our registration statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-190546).


Page 30 of 39





Debt

At September 30, 2014 , we had seven interest rate swap agreements in effect for an aggregate notional amount of $210.0 million converting a portion of our floating rate corporate debt to fixed rate debt.  After taking into account the impact of converting our variable rate debt to fixed rate debt by use of the interest rate swap agreements, at September 30, 2014 , we had $148.1 million variable rate debt outstanding.

At September 30, 2014 , we had $355.8 million of fixed rate mortgage loans encumbering certain consolidated properties.  Such mortgage loans are non-recourse, subject to certain exceptions for which we would be liable for any resulting losses incurred by the lender. These exceptions vary from loan to loan but generally include fraud or a material misrepresentation, misstatement or omission by the borrower, intentional or grossly negligent conduct by the borrower that harms the property or results in a loss to the lender, filing of a bankruptcy petition by the borrower, either directly or indirectly, and certain environmental liabilities.  In addition, upon the occurrence of certain of such events, such as fraud or filing of a bankruptcy petition by the borrower, we would be liable for the entire outstanding balance of the loan, all interest accrued thereon and certain other costs, penalties and expenses.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

Real Estate Joint Ventures
 
We consolidate entities in which we own less than 100% equity interest if we have a controlling interest or are the primary beneficiary in a variable interest entity, as defined in the Consolidation Topic of FASB ASC 810.  From time to time, we enter into joint venture arrangements from which we believe we can benefit by owning a partial interest in one or more properties.

As of September 30, 2014 , we had four equity investments in unconsolidated joint venture entities in which we owned 30% or less of the total ownership interest and accounted for these entities under the equity method.  Refer to Note 5 of the notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements for more information.
 
We have a 20% ownership interest in our Ramco 450 joint venture which owns a portfolio of eight properties totaling 1.6 million square feet of GLA.  As of September 30, 2014 , the properties in the portfolio had consolidated equity of $136.4 million.  Our total investment in the venture at September 30, 2014 was $17.0 million.  The Ramco 450 joint venture has total debt obligations of approximately $140.3 million , with maturity dates ranging from 2015 through 2023.  Our proportionate share of the total debt is $28.1 million . Such debt is non-recourse to the venture, subject to carve-outs customary to such types of mortgage financing.
 
We have a 30% ownership interest in our Ramco Lion joint venture which owns a portfolio of three properties with 0.8 million square feet of GLA. As of September 30, 2014 , the properties had consolidated equity of $57.7 million. Our total investment in the venture at September 30, 2014 was $8.8 million. The Ramco Lion joint venture has one property with a mortgage payable obligation of approximately $30.1 million with maturity date of October 2015 .  Our proportionate share of the total debt is $9.0 million .  Such debt is non-recourse to the venture, subject to carve-outs customary to such types of mortgage financing.
 
We also have a 7% ownership interest in two joint ventures that each own a single property.  As of September 30, 2014 , the properties had consolidated equity of $44.9 million and our total investment in these ventures was $2.8 million.  Both properties are unencumbered.

We review our equity investments in unconsolidated entities for impairment on a venture-by-venture basis whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the equity investment may not be recoverable.  In testing for impairment of these equity investments, we primarily use cash flow models, discount rates, and capitalization rates to estimate the fair value of properties held in joint ventures, and we also estimate the fair value of the debt of the joint ventures based on borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements with the same remaining maturity.  Considerable judgment by management is applied when determining whether an equity invest in an unconsolidated entity is impaired and, if so, the amount of the impairment.  Changes to assumptions regarding cash flows, discount rates, or capitalization rates could be material to our condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
We are engaged by certain of our joint ventures to provide asset management, property management, leasing and investing services for such venture’s respective properties.  We receive fees for our services, including a property management fee calculated as a percentage of gross revenues received.  

Page 31 of 39





Contractual Obligations

The following are our contractual cash obligations as of September 30, 2014 :
 
Payments due by period
Contractual Obligations
Total
 
Less than
1 year (1)
 
1-3 years
 
3-5 years
 
More than
5 years
 
(In thousands)
Mortgages and notes payable:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Scheduled amortization
$
26,530

 
$
1,122

 
$
10,662

 
$
6,358

 
$
8,388

Payments due at maturity
897,431

 

 
332,270

 
85,195

 
479,966

  Total mortgages and notes payable (2)
923,961

 
1,122

 
342,932

 
91,553

 
488,354

Interest expense (3)
248,717

 
9,926

 
97,331

 
40,264

 
101,196

Employment contracts
603

 
253

 
350

 

 

Capital lease
2,566

 
766

 
300

 
200

 
1,300

Operating leases
3,880

 
161

 
1,971

 
1,141

 
607

Construction commitments
17,090

 
17,090

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations
$
1,196,817

 
$
29,318

 
$
442,884

 
$
133,158

 
$
591,457

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  
Amounts represent balance of obligation for the remainder of 2014.
(2)  
Excludes $ 9.2 million of unamortized mortgage debt premium.
(3)  
Variable-rate debt interest is calculated using rates at September 30, 2014 .

We anticipate that the combination of cash on hand, cash provided from operating activities, the availability under our revolving credit facility ( $113.0 million at September 30, 2014 subject to compliance with covenants), our access to the capital markets, and the sale of existing properties will satisfy our expected working capital requirements through at least the next 12 months.  Although we believe that the combination of factors discussed will provide sufficient liquidity, no assurance can be given.

At September 30, 2014 , we did not have any contractual obligations that required or allowed settlement, in whole or in part, with consideration other than cash.

Mortgages and notes payable

See the analysis of our debt included in “Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Employment Contracts

At September 30, 2014 , we had employment contracts with our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer that contain minimum guaranteed compensation.  All other employees are subject to at-will employment.

Operating and Capital Leases

We lease office space for our corporate headquarters under an operating lease. We have an operating lease for land at one of our shopping centers.

We have a capital ground lease at our Gaines Marketplace shopping center that provides the option to purchase the land parcel in October 2014 for approximately $0.7 million. In addition we have a capital lease at our Buttermilk Towne Center with the City of Crescent Springs, Kentucky. The lease provides for fixed annual payments of $0.1 million through maturity in December 2032, at which time we can acquire the center for one dollar.

Construction Costs

In connection with the development and expansion of various shopping centers as of September 30, 2014 , we have entered into agreements for construction activities with an aggregate cost of approximately $17.1 million .

Page 32 of 39





Planned Capital Spending

We are focused on our core strengths of enhancing the value of our existing portfolio of shopping centers through successful leasing efforts and the completion of our redevelopment projects currently in process.

In addition to the construction agreements of approximately $17.1 million we have entered into as of September 30, 2014 , we anticipate spending an additional $5.2 million for the remainder of 2014 for redevelopment projects, tenant improvements, and leasing costs.  Estimates for future spending will change as new projects are approved.

Disclosures regarding planned capital spending, including estimates regarding timing of tenant openings, capital expenditures and occupancy are forward-looking statements and certain significant factors discussed elsewhere in this document and our other filings with the SEC, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K could cause the actual results to differ materially.

Capitalization

At September 30, 2014 our total market capitalization was $2.3 billion and is detailed below:
 
(in thousands)
Net debt (including property-specific mortgages, unsecured revolving credit facility, term loans and capital lease obligation net of $11.8 million in cash)
$
914

Common shares, OP units, and dilutive securities based on market price of $16.25 at September 30, 2014
1,301

Convertible perpetual preferred shares based on market price of $61.23 at September 30, 2014
122

Total market capitalization
$
2,337

 
 
Net debt to total market capitalization
39.1
%
 
 

Outstanding letters of credit issued under our revolving credit facility totaled approximately $7.0 million at September 30, 2014 .

At September 30, 2014 , the non-controlling interest in the Operating Partnership represented a 2.8% ownership in the Operating Partnership.  The OP Units may, under certain circumstances, be exchanged for our common shares of beneficial interest on a one-for-one basis.  We, as sole general partner of the Operating Partnership, have the option, but not the obligation, to settle exchanged OP Units held by others in cash based on the current trading price of our common shares of beneficial interest.  Assuming the exchange of all OP Units, there would have been approximately 79.8 million common shares of beneficial interest outstanding at September 30, 2014 , with a market value of approximately $1.3 billion.

Inflation

Inflation has been relatively low in recent years and has not had a significant detrimental impact on the results of our operations.   Should inflation rates increase in the future, substantially all of our tenant leases contain provisions designed to mitigate the negative impact of inflation in the near term.  Such lease provisions include clauses that require our tenants to reimburse us for real estate taxes and many of the operating expenses we incur.  Also, many of our leases provide for periodic increases in base rent which are either of a fixed amount or based on changes in the consumer price index and/or percentage rents (where the tenant pays us rent based on percentage of its sales).  Significant inflation rate increases over a prolonged period of time may have a material adverse impact on our business.

Page 33 of 39






Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Certain of our key performance indicators are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Management uses these measures along with our GAAP financial statements in order to evaluate our operations results. We believe these additional measures provide users of our financial information additional comparable indicators of our industry, as well as, our performance.

Funds from Operations

We consider funds from operations, also known as “FFO” to be an appropriate supplemental measure of the financial performance of an equity REIT.  Under the NAREIT definition, FFO represents net income available to common shareholders, excluding extraordinary items, as defined under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), gains (losses) on sales of depreciable property and impairment provisions on depreciable property and equity investments in depreciable property, plus real estate related depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of financing costs), and adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures. 

Also, we consider "Operating FFO" a meaningful, additional measure of financial performance because it excludes acquisition costs and periodic items such as impairment provisions on land available for sale, bargain purchase gains, and gains or losses on extinguishment of debt that are not adjusted under the current NAREIT definition of FFO. We provide a reconciliation of FFO to Operating FFO. FFO and Operating FFO should not be considered alternatives to GAAP net income available to common shareholders or as alternatives to cash flow as measures of liquidity.  

While we consider FFO and Operating FFO useful measures for reviewing our comparative operating and financial performance between periods or to compare our performance to different REITs, our computations of FFO and Operating FFO may differ from the computations utilized by other real estate companies, and therefore, may not be comparable to these other real estate companies.


Page 34 of 39





We recognize the limitations of FFO and Operating FFO when compared to GAAP net income available to common shareholders.  FFO and Operating FFO do not represent amounts available for needed capital replacement or expansion, debt service obligations, or other commitments and uncertainties.  In addition, FFO and Operating FFO do not represent cash generated from operating activities in accordance with GAAP and are not necessarily indicative of cash available to fund cash needs, including the payment of dividends.  FFO and Operating FFO are simply used as additional indicators of our operating performance.  The following table illustrates the calculations of FFO and Operating FFO:
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
4,270

 
$
3,701

 
$
4,403

 
$
10,699

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rental property depreciation and amortization expense
 
19,106

 
15,088

 
60,252

 
40,514

Pro-rata share of real estate depreciation from unconsolidated joint ventures
 
679

 
690

 
4,123

 
2,967

Gain on sale of depreciable real estate
 

 
(657
)
 
(2,466
)
 
(2,194
)
Loss on sale of joint venture depreciable real estate (1)
 

 

 

 
6,454

Deferred gain recognized on real estate
 

 

 
(117
)
 
(5,282
)
Noncontrolling interest in Operating Partnership (2)
 
180

 
201

 
303

 
634

Subtotal
 
24,235

 
19,023

 
66,498

 
53,792

Add preferred share dividends (if converted)
 
1,813

 
1,813

 
5,438

 
5,438

FFO
 
$
26,048

 
$
20,836

 
$
71,936

 
$
59,230

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 

 

 
860

 

Gain on extinguishment of joint venture debt (1)
 

 

 
(106
)
 

  Acquisition costs
 
1,189

 
103

 
1,722

 
784

Operating FFO
 
$
27,237

 
$
20,939

 
$
74,412

 
$
60,014

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares
 
74,840

 
61,102

 
70,283

 
57,626

Shares issuable upon conversion of Operating Partnership Units (2)
 
2,250

 
2,253

 
2,252

 
2,259

Dilutive effect of securities
 
240

 
470

 
237

 
471

Shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares  (3)
 
7,005

 
6,958

 
7,005

 
6,958

Weighted average equivalent shares outstanding, diluted
 
84,335

 
70,783

 
79,777

 
67,314

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings per share (4)
 
$
0.06

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.06

 
$
0.18

FFO per share adjustments to net income available to common shareholders including preferred share dividends
 
0.25

 
0.23

 
0.84

 
0.70

FFO per share, diluted
 
$
0.31

 
$
0.29

 
$
0.90

 
$
0.88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per share adjustments to FFO
 
0.01

 
0.01

 
0.03

 
0.01

Operating FFO per share, diluted
 
$
0.32

 
$
0.30

 
$
0.93

 
$
0.89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  
Amount included in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated joint ventures.
(2)  
The total non-controlling interest reflects OP units convertible 1:1 into common shares.
(3)  
Series D convertible preferred shares were dilutive to FFO per share for the period, but anti-dilutive to earnings per share as disclosed elsewhere. Because the Series D convertible preferred shares are paid annual dividends of $7.25 million and are currently convertible into approximately 7.0 million shares of common stock, they are dilutive only when earnings or FFO exceed approximately $0.26 per diluted share per quarter, which was the case for FFO in the current period, but not for earnings per share. The conversion ratio is subject to adjustment based upon a number of factors, and such adjustment could affect the dilutive impact of the Series D convertible preferred shares on FFO and earnings per share in future periods.
(4)  
The denominator to calculate diluted earnings per share excludes shares issuable upon conversion of Operating Partnership Units and preferred shares.


Page 35 of 39





Same Property Operating Income

Same Property Operating Income ("Same Property NOI") is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure of real estate companies' operating performance. Same Property NOI is considered by management to be a relevant performance measure of our operations because it includes only the NOI of comparable properties for the reporting period. Same Property NOI is calculated using consolidated operating income and adjusted to exclude management and other fee income, depreciation and amortization, general and administrative expense, provision for impairment and non-comparable income/expense adjustments such as straight-line rents, lease termination fees, above/below market rents, and other non-comparable operating income and expense adjustments.

Same Property NOI should not be considered an alternative to net income in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of liquidity.  Our method of calculating Same Property NOI may differ from methods used by other REITs and, accordingly, may not be comparable to such other REITs.

The following is a summary of our wholly owned properties by classification:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
Property Designation
2014
 
2014
Same property
56

 
56

Acquisitions (1)
7

 
7

Completed developments  (1)
1

 
1

Held or available for sale (2)
2

 
2

Non-retail properties (3)
1

 
1

Redevelopment (4)
4

 
4

Total wholly owned properties
71

 
71

 
 
 
 
(1) Properties were not owned in both comparable periods.
(2)  Properties will not be part of the Company’s ongoing operations.
(3) O ffice building.
(4)  Properties under construction primarily related to re-tenanting resulting in reduced rental income.

Acquisition and redevelopment properties removed from the pool will not be added until owned and operated or construction is complete for the entirety of both periods being compared.

The following is a reconciliation of our Operating Income to Same Property NOI:
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income
$
14,782

 
$
13,110

 
$
33,917

 
$
32,649

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management and other fee income
(582
)
 
(565
)
 
(1,528
)
 
(1,842
)
Depreciation and amortization
19,178

 
15,094

 
60,577

 
40,422

Acquisition costs
1,189

 
103

 
1,722

 
784

General and administrative expenses
5,395

 
5,260

 
16,095

 
15,713

Properties excluded from pool
(8,337
)
 
(2,636
)
 
(20,043
)
 
(1,888
)
Non-comparable income/expense adjustments
(952
)
 
(677
)
 
(2,336
)
 
(384
)
Same Property NOI
$
30,673

 
$
29,689

 
$
88,404

 
$
85,454

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period-end Leased Occupancy percent
95.8
%
 
95.5
%
 
95.8
%
 
95.5
%



Page 36 of 39





Item 3.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We have exposure to interest rate risk on our variable rate debt obligations.  Based on market conditions, we may manage our exposure to interest rate risk by entering into interest rate swap agreements to hedge our variable rate debt.  We are not subject to any foreign currency exchange rate risk or commodity price risk, or other material rate or price risks.  Based on our debt and interest rates and interest rate swap agreements in effect at September 30, 2014 , a 100 basis point change in interest rates would impact our future earnings and cash flows by approximately $1.5 million annually.  We believe that a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would decrease the fair value of our total outstanding debt by approximately $8.3 million at September 30, 2014 .

We had interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $210.0 million as of September 30, 2014 .  The agreements provided for swapping one-month LIBOR interest rates ranging from 1.2% to 2.2% and had expirations ranging from April 2016 to May 2020 .  The following table sets forth information as of September 30, 2014 concerning our long-term debt obligations, including principal cash flows by scheduled amortization payment and scheduled maturity, weighted average interest rates of maturing amounts and fair market value:
 
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
Thereafter
 
Total
 
Fair
Value
(In thousands)
Fixed-rate debt
 
$
1,122

 
$
86,117

 
$
23,619

 
$
113,196

 
$
85,274

 
$
466,507

 
$
775,835

 
$
796,545

Average interest rate
 
5.7
%
 
5.3
%
 
5.9
%
 
5.4
%
 
4.1
%
 
4.3
%
 
4.6
%
 
4.0
%
Variable-rate debt
 
$

 
$

 
$
120,000

 
$

 
$

 
$
28,125

 
$
148,125

 
$
148,125

Average interest rate
 

 

 
1.8
%
 

 

 
3.5
%
 
2.1
%
 
2.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We estimated the fair value of our fixed rate mortgages using a discounted cash flow analysis, based on borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements with the same remaining maturity.  Considerable judgment is required to develop estimated fair values of financial instruments.  The table incorporates only those exposures that exist at September 30, 2014 and does not consider those exposures or positions which could arise after that date or firm commitments as of such date.  Therefore, the information presented therein has limited predictive value.  Our actual interest rate fluctuations will depend on the exposures that arise during the period and on market interest rates at that time.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the  Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), such as this report on Form 10-Q, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the designed control objectives, and therefore management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

We carried out an assessment as of September 30, 2014 of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures.  This assessment was done under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.  Based on such evaluation, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that such disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of September 30, 2014 .

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended September 30, 2014 , there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


Page 37 of 39





PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1.  Legal Proceedings

We are currently involved in certain litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that any of this litigation will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. There are no material pending governmental proceedings.

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

You should review our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 which contains a detailed description of risk factors that may materially affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Item 6. Exhibits

Exhibit No.
Description
 
 
10.1*
$100 Million Note Purchase Agreement, by Ramco-Gershenson Properties, L.P. dated September 8, 2014
10.2*
Fourth Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Unsecured Master Loan Agreement, dated October 10, 2014 by and among Ramco-Gershenson Properties, L.P. and KeyBank National Association.
12.1*
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends.
 
31.1*
Certification of CEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
31.2*
Certification of CFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
32.1*
Certification of CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
32.2*
Certification of CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
101.INS (1)
XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
101.CAL (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation.
101.DEF (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition.
101.LAB (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label.
101.PRE (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation.
____________________________
*
Filed herewith
**
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
(1)  
Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability thereunder.


Page 38 of 39





SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST
 
 
Date: October 23, 2014
By:/s/ DENNIS GERSHENSON
Dennis Gershenson
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
Date: October 23, 2014
By: /s/ GREGORY R. ANDREWS
Gregory R. Andrews
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Page 39 of 39


Exhibit 10.1


EXECUTION VERSION






RAMCO‑GERSHENSON PROPERTIES, L.P.


$50,000,000 4.16% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series A, due 2024


$50,000,000 4.30% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series B, due 2026

______________________


NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


______________________


Dated as of September 8, 2014










4153771



TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
HEADING
PAGE
SECTION 1.
AUTHORIZATION OF NOTES1
 
SECTION 2.
SALE AND PURCHASE OF NOTES1
 
Section 2.1.
Sale and Purchase of Notes
1
Section 2.2.
Fees
1
SECTION 3.
CLOSING
2
SECTION 4.
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
2
Section 4.1.
Representations and Warranties
2
Section 4.2.
Performance; No Default
3
Section 4.3.
Compliance Certificates
3
Section 4.4.
Opinions of Counsel
3
Section 4.5.
Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, Etc
3
Section 4.6.
Sale of Other Notes
4
Section 4.7.
Payment of Fees
4
Section 4.8.
Payment of Special Counsel Fees
4
Section 4.9.
Private Placement Number
4
Section 4.10.
Changes in Corporate Structure
4
Section 4.11.
Funding Instructions
4
Section 4.12.
Proceedings and Documents
4
Section 4.13.
Subsidiary Guaranties
5
Section 4.14.
Material Adverse Change
5
SECTION 5.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
5
Section 5.1.
Organization; Power and Authority
5
Section 5.2.
Authorization, Etc
5
Section 5.3.
Disclosure
6
Section 5.4.
Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates
6
Section 5.5.
Financial Statements; Material Liabilities
6
Section 5.6.
Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc
7
Section 5.7.
Governmental Authorizations, Etc
7
Section 5.8.
Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders
7
Section 5.9.
Taxes
8
Section 5.10.
Title to Property; Leases
8
Section 5.11.
Licenses, Permits, Etc
8
Section 5.12.
Compliance with ERISA
8
Section 5.13.
Private Offering by the Company
9
Section 5.14.
Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations
9
Section 5.15.
Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens
10
Section 5.16.
Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc
10
Section 5.17.
Status under Certain Statutes
12
Section 5.18.
Environmental Matters
12
Section 5.19.
Solvency
13
Section 5.20.
Contribution Agreement
13
Section 5.21.
No Fraudulent Intent
13
Section 5.22.
Transaction in Best Interests of Company; Consideration
13
Section 5.23.
Partners and the Trust
14
SECTION 6.
REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS
14
Section 6.1.
Purchase for Investment
14
Section 6.2.
Source of Funds
14
SECTION 7.
INFORMATION AS TO COMPANY
16

- i -



Section 7.1.
Financial and Business Information
16
Section 7.2.
Officer’s Certificate
19
Section 7.3.
Visitation
20
Section 7.4.
Electronic Delivery
20
SECTION 8.
PAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES
21
Section 8.1.
Maturity
21
Section 8.2.
Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount
21
Section 8.3.
Allocation of Partial Prepayments
21
Section 8.4.
Maturity; Surrender, Etc.
21
Section 8.5.
Purchase of Notes
22
Section 8.6.
Make-Whole Amount
22
Section 8.7.
Payments Due on Non-Business Days
24
Section 8.8.
Change of Control Prepayment
24
SECTION 9.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
25
Section 9.1.
Compliance with Laws
25
Section 9.2.
Insurance
25
Section 9.3.
Maintenance of Properties
25
Section 9.4.
Payment of Taxes and Claims
25
Section 9.5.
Corporate Existence, Etc.
26
Section 9.6.
Books and Records
26
Section 9.7.
Subsidiary Guarantors
26
Section 9.8.
Most Favored Lender
27
Section 9.9.
Purchasers Covenant Related to Subsidiary Guaranty
29
Section 9.10.
Covenant to Secure Notes Equally
29
SECTION 10.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
29
Section 10.1.
Transactions with Affiliates
29
Section 10.2.
Merger, Consolidation, Etc.
29
Section 10.3.
Line of Business
30
Section 10.4.
Terrorism Sanctions Regulations
30
Section 10.5.
Liens
31
Section 10.6.
Subsidiary Indebtedness
32
Section 10.7.
Limitation on Indebtedness
32
Section 10.8.
Limitation on Priority Indebtedness
32
Section 10.9.
Limitation on Unsecured Indebtedness
32
Section 10.10.
Fixed Charge Ratio
32
Section 10.11.
Sale of Assets
33
Section 10.12.
Restriction on Certain Investments
33
Section 10.13.
Development Activity
34
SECTION 11.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
35
SECTION 12.
REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC.
38
Section 12.1.
Acceleration
38
Section 12.2.
Other Remedies
38
Section 12.3.
Rescission
38
Section 12.4.
No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc.
39
SECTION 13.
REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES
39
Section 13.1.
Registration of Notes
39
Section 13.2.
Transfer and Exchange of Notes
39
Section 13.3.
Replacement of Notes
40
SECTION 14.
PAYMENTS ON NOTES
40
Section 14.1.
Place of Payment
40

- ii -



Section 14.2.
Home Office Payment
40
SECTION 15.
EXPENSES, ETC.
41
Section 15.1.
Transaction Expenses
41
Section 15.2.
Survival
41
SECTION 16.
SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT
42
SECTION 17.
AMENDMENT AND WAIVER
42
Section 17.1.
Requirements
42
Section 17.2.
Solicitation of Holders of Notes
42
Section 17.3.
Binding Effect, Etc.
43
Section 17.4.
Notes Held by Company, Etc.
43
SECTION 18.
NOTICES
44
SECTION 19.
REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS
44
SECTION 20.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
45
SECTION 21.
SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER
46
SECTION 22.
TRUST GUARANTY
46
Section 22.1.
Guaranty
46
Section 22.2.
Guaranty Obligations Unconditional
47
Section 22.3.
Guaranties Endorsed on the Notes
49
SECTION 23.
MISCELLANEOUS
49
Section 23.1.
Successors and Assigns
49
Section 23.2.
Accounting Terms
49
Section 23.3.
Severability
50
Section 23.4.
Construction, Etc.
50
Section 23.5.
Counterparts
50
Section 23.6.
Governing Law
50
Section 23.7.
Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial
50
Section 23.8.
Trust Exculpation
51
Section 23.9.
Transaction References
52
SCHEDULE A
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
 
 
 
 
SCHEDULE B
 DEFINED TERMS
 
 
 
 





- iii -



RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES, L.P.
31500 Northwestern Highway, Suite 300
Farmington Hills, MI 48334

$50,000,000 4.16% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series A, due 2024
$50,000,000 4.30% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series B, due 2026

Dated as of September 8, 2014
To Each of the Purchasers Listed in
Schedule A Hereto (each a “Purchaser”
and collectively, the “Purchasers” )
Ladies and Gentlemen:
RAMCO‑GERSHENSON PROPERTIES, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (together with any successor thereto that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 10.2, the “Company” ) and RAMCO‑GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST, a Maryland real estate investment fund (the “Trust” ), jointly and severally agree with each of the Purchasers as follows:
SECTION 1.
AUTHORIZATION OF NOTES.
The Company will authorize the issue and sale of (a) $50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 4.16% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series A, due November 4, 2024 (the “Series A Notes” ) and (b) $50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 4.30% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series B, due November 4, 2026 (the “Series B Notes” and together with the Series A Notes, the “Notes” ) (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to Section 17 and including any such notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13). The Notes shall be substantially in the form set out in Schedules 1‑A and 1‑B, respectively. Certain capitalized and other terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B. References to a “Schedule” are references to a Schedule attached to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. References to a “Section” are references to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.
SECTION 2.
SALE AND PURCHASE OF NOTES    .
Section 2.1.    Sale and Purchase of Notes     . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to each Purchaser and each Purchaser will purchase from the Company, at the Closing provided for in Section 3, Notes of the series and in the principal amount specified opposite such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A at the purchase price of



Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

100% of the principal amount thereof. The Purchasers’ obligations hereunder are several and not joint obligations and no Purchaser shall have any liability to any Person for the performance or non-performance of any obligation by any other Purchaser hereunder.
Section 2.2.    Fees .
(a)     Structuring Fee . In consideration for the time, effort and expense involved in the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement, at the time of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, NYL Investors LLC and the Purchasers, the Company will pay to NYL Investors LLC or at the direction of NYL Investors LLC by wire transfer of immediately available funds a fee (herein called the “Structuring Fee” ) in the amount of $50,000.
(b)     Issuance Fee . The Company will pay to each Purchaser in immediately available funds a fee (herein called the “Issuance Fee” ) on the date of the Closing in an amount equal to 0.10% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes sold to such Purchaser at such Closing.
SECTION 3.
CLOSING.
The execution of this Agreement shall occur on September 8, 2014 (the “Execution Date” ). The sale and purchase of the Notes to be purchased by each Purchaser shall occur at the offices of Chapman and Cutler LLP, 111 W. Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603, at 10:00 a.m., Chicago time, at a closing (the “Closing” ) on November 4, 2014 or on such other Business Day thereafter as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasers (the day of the Closing hereinafter referred to as the “Closing Day” ). At the Closing the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of a single Note (or such greater number of Notes in denominations of at least $100,000 as such Purchaser may request) of each Series dated the date of the Closing and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds for the account of the Company to account number 000056110324 at Bank of America, NA 100 N Tryon St., Charlotte NC, ABA Number: 026 009 593, for Credit to the account of Ramco‑Gershenson Properties Trust. If at the Closing the Company shall fail to tender such Notes to any Purchaser as provided above in this Section 3, or any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, such Purchaser shall, at its election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser may have by reason of any of the conditions specified in Section 4 not having been fulfilled to such Purchaser’s satisfaction or such failure by the Company to tender such Notes.

‑2‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

SECTION 4.
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.
Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be sold to such Purchaser at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, prior to or at such Closing, of the following conditions:
Section 4.1.    Representations and Warranties     . The representations and warranties of the Company and Guarantors in this Agreement and in the Subsidiary Guaranties shall be correct as of the Execution Date and at the time of the Closing, provided that the Company shall be permitted to make additions and deletions to any of Schedules 5.4, 5.5, 5.15, 5.18, 5.23 or 10.13 after the Execution Date but prior to the Closing, so long as (a) the Company shall have provided updated copies of the relevant Schedules to each Purchaser at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing and (b) any such additions or deletions are in all respects satisfactory to each Purchaser as a condition to the Closing.
Section 4.2.    Performance; No Default     . The Company and Guarantors shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Subsidiary Guaranties required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing and from the Execution Date to the Closing assuming Sections 9 and 10 are applicable from the Execution Date. From the Execution Date until the Closing, before and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.14), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Neither the Company, the Guarantors nor any of their respective Subsidiaries shall have entered into any transaction since August 7, 2014 that would have been prohibited by Section 10 had such Section applied since such date.
Section 4.3.    Compliance Certificates     .
(a)     Officer’s Certificate . The Company and the Guarantors shall have delivered to such Purchaser Officer’s Certificates, dated the date of the Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.10 have been fulfilled.
(b)     Secretary’s Certificate . The Company and the Guarantors shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its respective Secretary or Assistant Secretary, dated the date of the Closing, certifying as to (i) the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Notes, the Subsidiary Guaranties and this Agreement, as applicable and (ii) the Company’s and the Guarantors’ organizational documents as then in effect.
Section 4.4.    Opinions of Counsel     . Such Purchaser shall have received opinions in form and substance satisfactory to such Purchaser, dated the date of the Closing (a) from Honigman

‑3‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

Miller Schwartz and Cohn LLP, counsel for the Company, covering the matters set forth in Schedule 4.4(a) and covering such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated hereby as such Purchaser or its counsel may reasonably request (and the Company and the Guarantors hereby instruct their counsel to deliver such opinion to the Purchasers) and (b) from Chapman and Cutler LLP, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with such transactions, substantially in the form set forth in Schedule 4.4(b) and covering such other matters incident to such transactions as such Purchaser may reasonably request.
Section 4.5.    Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, Etc     . On the date of the Closing such Purchaser’s purchase of Notes shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the date hereof. All necessary authorizations, consents, approvals, exceptions or other actions by or notices to or filings with any court or administrative or governmental body or other Person required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranties and the Notes to be issued on the Closing Day or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall have been issued or made, shall be final and in full force and effect and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to such Purchaser, other than filings under Regulation D of the Securities Act, copies of which shall be provided to such Purchaser reasonably promptly after the filing thereof. If requested by such Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.
Section 4.6.    Sale of Other Notes     . Contemporaneously with the Closing the Company shall sell to each other Purchaser and each other Purchaser shall purchase the Notes to be purchased by it at the Closing as specified in Schedule A.
Section 4.7.    Payment of Fees     . The Company shall have paid to NYL Investors LLC and such Purchasers in immediately available funds any fees due it pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, including any Structuring Fee due pursuant to Section 2.2(a) and any Issuance Fee due pursuant to Section 2.2(b).
Section 4.8.    Payment of Special Counsel Fees     . Without limiting Section 15.1, the Company shall have paid on or before the Execution Date and the Closing the fees, charges and disbursements of the Purchasers’ special counsel referred to in Section 4.4(b) to the extent reflected

‑4‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Company at least one Business Day prior to the Execution Date and the Closing.
Section 4.9.    Private Placement Number     . A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the SVO) shall have been obtained for such Notes.
Section 4.10.    Changes in Corporate Structure     . Following the date of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 5.5, the Company and the Guarantors shall not have changed their jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as applicable, and, prior to the Closing, the Company and the Guarantors shall not, except as set forth on Schedule 4.10, have been a party to any merger or consolidation or succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other entity.
Section 4.11.    Funding Instructions     . At least three Business Days prior to the date of the Closing, each Purchaser shall have received written instructions signed by a Responsible Officer on letterhead of the Company confirming the information specified in Section 3 including (a) the name and address of the transferee bank, (b) such transferee bank’s ABA number and (c) the account name and number into which the purchase price for the Notes is to be deposited.
Section 4.12.    Proceedings and Documents     . All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be satisfactory to such Purchaser and its special counsel, and such Purchaser and its special counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as such Purchaser or such special counsel may reasonably request.
Section 4.13.    Subsidiary Guaranties     . A Subsidiary Guaranty made by each Subsidiary that is required to deliver a Guaranty pursuant to Section 9.7.
Section 4.14.    Material Adverse Change     . No material adverse change in the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, since December 31, 2013 shall have occurred or be threatened, as determined by such Purchaser in its reasonable judgment.
SECTION 5.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.
The Company and the Trust, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to each Purchaser as of the Execution Date and as of the Closing that:

‑5‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

Section 5.1.    Organization; Power and Authority     . The Company is a partnership duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Trust is a real estate investment trust duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and the Trust have the power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties they purport to own or hold under lease, to transact the business they transact and propose to transact, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Notes, as applicable, and to perform the provisions hereof and thereof. The Trust is a real estate investment trust in full compliance with and entitled to the benefits of section 856 of the Code and has elected to be treated as a real estate investment trust pursuant to the Code.
Section 5.2.    Authorization, Etc     . This Agreement and the Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary limited partnership and trust action on the part of the Company, and the Trust as applicable, and this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof each Note will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and the Trust enforceable against the Company and the Trust in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
Section 5.3.    Disclosure     . This Agreement (including the schedules hereto), the financial statements described in Section 5.5 and the documents, certificates or other writings (including the financial statements required to be delivered hereunder) delivered to the Purchasers by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (this Agreement and such documents, certificates or other writings and such financial statements delivered to each Purchaser, prior to August 7, 2014, being referred to, collectively, as the “Disclosure Documents” ), taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. No representation is made as to the projections other than that the projections are based on information that the Company believes to be accurate and were calculated in a manner the Company believes to be reasonable. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, since December 31, 2013 there has been no change in the financial condition, operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company, the Trust and their

‑6‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

respective Subsidiaries except changes that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no fact known to the Company that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been set forth herein or in the Disclosure Documents.
Section 5.4.    Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates      . (a) The Company has no officers or directors.
(b)    All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary owned by the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non‑assessable and are owned by the Company, the Trust or another Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien that is prohibited by this Agreement.
(c)    Each Subsidiary is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and, where applicable, is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each such Subsidiary has the corporate or other power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease and to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact.
(d)    No Subsidiary is subject to any legal, regulatory, contractual or other restriction (other than the agreements listed on Schedule 5.4 and customary limitations imposed by corporate law or similar statutes) restricting the ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends out of profits or make any other similar distributions of profits to the Company, the Trust or any of their Subsidiaries that owns outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of such Subsidiary.
Section 5.5.    Financial Statements; Material Liabilities      . The Company has delivered to each Purchaser copies of the financial statements of the Trust and its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 5.5. All of such financial statements (including in each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Trust and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates specified in such Schedule and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods so specified and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year‑end adjustments). The Company and its Subsidiaries and the Trust and its Subsidiaries do not have any Material liabilities that are not disclosed in the Disclosure Documents.

‑7‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

Section 5.6.    Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc      . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the Trust of this Agreement, and the Notes as applicable, will not (i) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter or by‑laws, shareholders agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries is bound or by which the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries or (iii) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries. The Company is not subject to any borrowing base requirements that are more restrictive than those in the Material Credit Facility described in clause (a) of the definition hereof.
Section 5.7.    Governmental Authorizations, Etc      . No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company or the Trust of this Agreement, or the Notes as applicable.
Section 5.8.    Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders      . (a) There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company or the Trust, threatened against or affecting the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any property of the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)    Neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries is (i) in default under any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (ii) in violation of any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority or (iii) in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, Environmental Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act or any of the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16), which default or violation could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.9.    Taxes      . The Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries have filed all tax returns that are required to have been filed in any jurisdiction, and have paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes and assessments levied upon them or their

‑8‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, except for any taxes and assessments (i) the amount of which, individually or in the aggregate, is not Material or (ii) the amount, applicability or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which the Company, the Trust or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, has established adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP. The Company knows of no basis for any other tax or assessment that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries in respect of U.S. federal, state or other taxes for all fiscal periods are adequate. The U.S. federal income tax liabilities of the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries have been finally determined (whether by reason of completed audits or the statute of limitations having run) for all fiscal years up to and including the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
Section 5.10.    Title to Property; Leases      . The Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries have good and sufficient title to their respective properties that individually or in the aggregate are Material, including all such properties reflected in the most recent audited balance sheet referred to in Section 5.5 or purported to have been acquired by the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries after such date (except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business), in each case free and clear of Liens prohibited by this Agreement. All leases that individually or in the aggregate are Material are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect except where the failure to be in full force and effect could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.11.    Licenses, Permits, Etc      . (a) The Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries own or possess all licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, proprietary software, service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto, that individually or in the aggregate are Material, without known conflict with the rights of others.
(b)    To the best knowledge of the Company, no product or service of the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries infringes in any material respect any license, permit, franchise, authorization, patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned by any other Person.
(c)    To the best knowledge of the Company and the Trust, there is no Material violation by any Person of any right of the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries with respect to any patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned or used by the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

‑9‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

Section 5.12.    Compliance with ERISA      . (a) The Company, the Trust and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and administered each Plan in compliance with all applicable laws except for such instances of noncompliance as have not resulted in and could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company, the Trust nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans (as defined in section 3 of ERISA), and no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any such liability by the Company, the Trust or any ERISA Affiliate, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company, the Trust or any ERISA Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or to section 430(k) of the Code or to any such penalty or excise tax provisions under the Code or federal law or section 4068 of ERISA or by the granting of a security interest in connection with the amendment of a Plan, other than such liabilities or Liens as would not be individually or in the aggregate Material.
(b)    Neither the Company, the Trust, nor their respective ERISA Affiliates maintain or contribute to any Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA.
(c)    The Company, the Trust and their respective ERISA Affiliates have not incurred withdrawal liabilities (and are not subject to contingent withdrawal liabilities) under section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in respect of Multiemployer Plans that individually or in the aggregate are Material.
(d)    The expected postretirement benefit obligation (determined as of the last day of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal year in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715‑60, without regard to liabilities attributable to continuation coverage mandated by section 4980B of the Code) of the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries is not Material.
(e)    The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Notes hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1)(A)‑(D) of the Code. The representation by the Company and the Trust to each Purchaser in the first sentence of this Section 5.12(e) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of such Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 as to the sources of the funds to be used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.
Section 5.13.    Private Offering by the Company      . Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has offered the Notes or any similar Securities for sale to, or solicited any offer

‑10‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

to buy the Notes or any similar Securities from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any Person other than the Purchasers, each of which has been offered the Notes at a private sale for investment. Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken, or will take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes to the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act or to the registration requirements of any Securities or blue sky laws of any applicable jurisdiction.
Section 5.14.    Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations      . The Company will apply the proceeds of the sale of the Notes hereunder to refinance existing Indebtedness, to finance tenant improvements, for development and redevelopment, for capital expenditures and leasing commissions and for general working capital. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any Securities under such circumstances as to involve the Company in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). Margin stock does not constitute more than 5.00% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Company does not have any present intention that margin stock will constitute more than 5.00% of the value of such assets. As used in this Section, the terms “margin stock” and “purpose of buying or carrying” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.
Section 5.15.    Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens      . (a) Neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has outstanding any Indebtedness except as permitted hereunder. Neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries is in default and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of any principal or interest on any Indebtedness of the Company, the Trust or such Subsidiary and no event or condition exists with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would permit) one or more Persons to cause such Indebtedness to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment.
(b)    Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.15, neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has agreed or consented to cause or permit any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien that secures Indebtedness or to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien that secures Indebtedness.

‑11‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

(c)    Neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in, any instrument evidencing Indebtedness of the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries, any agreement relating thereto or any other agreement (including, but not limited to, its charter or any other organizational document) which limits the amount of, or otherwise imposes restrictions on the incurring of, Indebtedness of the Company and the Trust, except as disclosed in Schedule 5.15.
Section 5.16.    Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc      . (a) Neither the Company, the Trust, nor any Controlled Entity is (i) a Person whose name appears on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, United States Department of the Treasury ( “OFAC” ) (an “OFAC Listed Person” ), (ii) an agent, department, or instrumentality of, or is otherwise beneficially owned by, controlled by or acting on behalf of, directly or indirectly, (x) any OFAC Listed Person or (y) any Person, entity, organization, foreign country or regime that is subject to any OFAC Sanctions Program, or (iii) otherwise blocked, subject to sanctions under or engaged in any activity in violation of other United States economic sanctions, including, but not limited to, the Trading with the Enemy Act, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act ( “CISADA” ) or any similar law or regulation with respect to Iran or any other country, the Sudan Accountability and Divestment Act, any OFAC Sanctions Program, or any economic sanctions regulations administered and enforced by the United States or any enabling legislation or executive order relating to any of the foregoing (collectively, “U.S. Economic Sanctions” ) (each OFAC Listed Person and each other Person, entity, organization and government of a country described in clause (i), clause (ii) or clause (iii), a “Blocked Person” ). Neither the Company, the Trust, nor any Controlled Entity has been notified that its name appears or may in the future appear on a state list of Persons that engage in investment or other commercial activities in Iran or any other country that is subject to U.S. Economic Sanctions.
(b)    No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder constitutes or will constitute funds obtained on behalf of any Blocked Person or will otherwise be used by the Company, the Trust or any Controlled Entity, directly or indirectly, (i) in connection with any investment in, or any transactions or dealings with, any Blocked Person, or (ii) otherwise in violation of U.S. Economic Sanctions.
(c)    Neither the Company, the Trust nor any Controlled Entity (i) has been found in violation of, charged with, or convicted of, money laundering, drug trafficking, terrorist‑related activities or other money laundering predicate crimes under the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (otherwise known as the Bank Secrecy Act), the USA PATRIOT Act or any other United States law or regulation governing such activities (collectively, “Anti‑Money Laundering Laws” ) or any U.S. Economic Sanctions violations, (ii) to the Company’s or the Trust’s actual knowledge

‑12‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

after making due inquiry, is under investigation by any Governmental Authority for possible violation of Anti‑Money Laundering Laws or any U.S. Economic Sanctions violations, (iii) has been assessed civil penalties under any Anti‑Money Laundering Laws or any U.S. Economic Sanctions, or (iv) has had any of its funds seized or forfeited in an action under any Anti‑Money Laundering Laws. The Company and the Trust have established procedures and controls which it reasonably believes are adequate (and otherwise comply with applicable law) to ensure that the Company, the Trust and each Controlled Entity is and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable current and future Anti‑Money Laundering Laws and U.S. Economic Sanctions.
(d)    (1) Neither the Company, the Trust nor any Controlled Entity (i) has been charged with, or convicted of bribery or any other anti‑corruption related activity under any applicable law or regulation in a U.S. or any non‑U.S. country or jurisdiction, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (collectively, “Anti‑Corruption Laws” ), (ii) to the Company’s or the Trust’s actual knowledge after making due inquiry, is under investigation by any U.S. or non‑U.S. Governmental Authority for possible violation of Anti‑Corruption Laws, (iii) has been assessed civil or criminal penalties under any Anti‑Corruption Laws or (iv) has been or is the target of sanctions imposed by the United Nations or the European Union;
(2)    To the Company’s or the Trust’s actual knowledge after making due inquiry, neither the Company, the Trust nor any Controlled Entity has, within the last five years, directly or indirectly offered, promised, given, paid or authorized the offer, promise, giving or payment of anything of value to a Governmental Official or a commercial counterparty for the purposes of: (i) influencing any act, decision or failure to act by such Government Official in his or her official capacity or such commercial counterparty, (ii) inducing a Governmental Official to do or omit to do any act in violation of the Governmental Official’s lawful duty, or (iii) inducing a Governmental Official or a commercial counterparty to use his or her influence with a government or instrumentality to affect any act or decision of such government or entity; in each case in order to obtain, retain or direct business or to otherwise secure an improper advantage; and
(3)    No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for any improper payments, including bribes, to any Governmental Official or commercial counterparty in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage. The Company and the Trust have established procedures and controls which it reasonably believes are adequate (and otherwise comply with applicable law) to ensure that the Company, the Trust and each Controlled Entity is and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable current and future Anti‑Corruption Laws.

‑13‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

Section 5.17.    Status under Certain Statutes      . Neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, as amended, the ICC Termination Act of 1995, as amended, or the Federal Power Act, as amended.
Section 5.18.    Environmental Matters      . Except as set forth in Schedule 5.18:
(a)    Neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has knowledge of any claim or has received any notice of any claim and no proceeding has been instituted asserting any claim against the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective real properties or other assets now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them, alleging any damage to the environment or violation of any Environmental Laws, except, in each case, such as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)    Neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has knowledge of any facts which would give rise to any claim, public or private, of violation of Environmental Laws or damage to the environment emanating from, occurring on or in any way related to real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or to other assets or their use, except, in each case, such as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)    Neither the Company, the Trust, nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has stored any Hazardous Materials on real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them in a manner which is contrary to any Environmental Law that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(d)    Neither the Company, the Trust, nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has disposed of any Hazardous Materials in a manner which is contrary to any Environmental Law that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(e)    All Buildings on all real properties now owned, leased or operated by the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries are in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, except where failure to comply could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Notwithstanding anything set forth above, nothing set forth on Schedule 5.18 could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

‑14‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

Section 5.19.    Solvency      . As of the Closing and after giving effect to the issuance and the sale of the Notes to be issued as of such Closing, neither the Company, the Guarantors nor any of their Subsidiaries is insolvent on a balance sheet basis such that the sum of such Person’s assets exceeds the sum of such Person’s liabilities, such Person is able to pay its debts as they become due, and such Person has sufficient capital to carry on its business.
Section 5.20.    Contribution Agreement . The Company has delivered to the Purchasers a true, correct and complete copy of the Contribution Agreement. The Contribution Agreement is in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, there are no material claims resulting from non-performance of the terms thereof or otherwise or any basis for a material claim by and party to the Contribution Agreement, nor has there been any waiver of any material terms thereunder.
Section 5.21.    No Fraudulent Intent      . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Notes nor the performance of any actions required hereunder or thereunder is being undertaken by the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries with or as a result of any actual intent by any of such Persons to hinder, delay or defraud any entity to which any of such Persons is now or will hereafter become indebted.
Section 5.22.    Transaction in Best Interests of Company; Consideration      . The transaction evidenced by this Agreement and the Notes is in the best interests of the Company, the Guarantors, each of their respective Subsidiaries and the creditors of such Persons. The direct and indirect benefits to inure to the Company, the Guarantors and each of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guaranties constitute substantially more than “reasonably equivalent value” (as such term is used in section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code) and “valuable consideration,” “fair value,” and “fair consideration, (as such terms are used in any applicable state fraudulent conveyance law), in exchange for the benefits to be provided by the Company, the Guarantors and each of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement and the Notes, and but for the willingness of the Guarantors to guaranty the Notes, the Company would be unable to obtain the financing contemplated hereunder which financing will enable the Company and its Subsidiaries to have available financing to refinance existing indebtedness and to conduct and expand their business.
Section 5.23.    Partners and the Trust      . The Trust is the sole general partner of the Company and owns a 1% general partnership interest and as of the applicable Closing not less than a 90% limited partnership interest in the Company. The Trust owns no assets other than its interest in the Company as a general partner and limited partner, cash, Short‑term Investments and the property described in Schedule 5.23 hereto.
SECTION 6.
REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS    .

‑15‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

Section 6.1.    Purchase for Investment      . Each Purchaser severally represents as of the Execution Date and at the Closing that it is purchasing the Notes for its own account or for one or more separate accounts maintained by such Purchaser or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds and not with a view to the distribution thereof, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s or their property shall at all times be within such Purchaser’s or their control. Each Purchaser understands that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and may be resold only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration is available, except under circumstances where neither such registration nor such an exemption is required by law, and that the Company is not required to register the Notes.
Section 6.2.    Source of Funds      . Each Purchaser severally represents as of the Execution Date and at the Closing that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “Source” ) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:
(a)    the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption ( “PTE” ) 95‑60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the NAIC (the “NAIC Annual Statement” )) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95‑60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or
(b)    the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or
(c)    the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90‑1 or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91‑38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or

‑16‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

(d)    the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84‑14 (the “QPAM Exemption” )) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part VI of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are managed by the QPAM in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, represent more than 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM maintains an ownership interest in the Company that would cause the QPAM and the Company to be “related” within the meaning of Part VI(h) of the QPAM Exemption and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of any employee benefit plans whose assets in the investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization, represent 10% or more of the assets of such investment fund, have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (d); or
(e)    the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Part IV(h) of PTE 96‑23 (the “INHAM Exemption” )) managed by an “in‑house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV(a) of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in Part IV(d)(3) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 10% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or
(f)    the Source is a governmental plan; or
(g)    the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (g); or
(h)    the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.

‑17‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

As used in this Section 6.2, the terms “employee benefit plan,” “governmental plan,” and “separate account” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.
SECTION 7.
INFORMATION AS TO COMPANY    .
Section 7.1.    Financial and Business Information     . The Company shall cause to be delivered to each Purchaser and each holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor:
(a)     Quarterly Statements — within 60 days (or such shorter period as is the date by which such financial statements are required to be delivered under any Material Credit Facility or the date on which such corresponding financial statements are delivered under any Material Credit Facility if such delivery occurs earlier than such required delivery date) after the end of each quarterly fiscal period in each fiscal year of the Trust (other than the last quarterly fiscal period of each such fiscal year), duplicate copies of,
(i)    a consolidated unaudited balance sheet of the Trust and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and
(ii)    consolidated unaudited statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Trust and its Subsidiaries for such quarter and (in the case of the second and third quarters) for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such quarter,
setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods in the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to quarterly financial statements generally, and certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported on and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from year‑end adjustments, provided that delivery within the time period specified above of copies of the Trust’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q (the “Form 10‑Q” ) prepared in compliance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(a) as to the Trust, provided, further, that the Trust shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such Form 10‑Q if it shall have timely made such Form 10‑Q available on “EDGAR” and on its home page on the worldwide web (at the date of this Agreement located at: http//www.rgpt.com) and shall have given each holder of a Note prior notice of such availability on EDGAR and on its home page in connection with each delivery (such availability and notice thereof being referred to as “Electronic Delivery” );

‑18‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

(b)     Annual Statements — within 100 days (or such shorter period as is the date by which such financial statements are required to be delivered under any Material Credit Facility or the date on which such corresponding financial statements are delivered under any Material Credit Facility if such delivery occurs earlier than such required delivery date) after the end of each fiscal year of the Trust, duplicate copies of:
(i)    a consolidated audited balance sheet of the Trust and its Subsidiaries, as at the end of such year, and
(ii)    consolidated audited statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Trust and its Subsidiaries for such year,
setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and accompanied by an opinion thereon (without a “going concern” or similar qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of the audit on which such opinion is based) of independent public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall state that such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported upon and their results of operations and cash flows and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, and that the examination of such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances, provided that the delivery within the time period specified above of the Trust’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K (the “Form 10‑K” ) for such fiscal year (together with the Trust’s annual report to shareholders, if any, prepared pursuant to Rule 14a‑3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) prepared in accordance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC, shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(b), provided, further, that the Trust shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such Form 10‑K if it shall have timely made Electronic Delivery thereof;
(c)     SEC and Other Reports — promptly upon their becoming available, one copy of (i) each financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement sent by the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries to its principal lending banks as a whole (excluding information sent to such banks in the ordinary course of administration of a bank facility, such as information relating to pricing and borrowing availability) or to its public Securities holders generally, and (ii) each regular or periodic report, each registration statement (without exhibits except as expressly requested by such Purchaser or holder), and each prospectus and all amendments thereto filed by the Trust or any of its Subsidiaries with the SEC and of all press releases and other statements made available generally by the

‑19‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries to the public concerning developments that are Material;
(d)     Notice of Default or Event of Default — promptly, and in any event within five days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default hereunder or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default of the type referred to in Section 11(f), a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company or the Trust is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;
(e)     ERISA Matters — promptly, and in any event within five days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of any of the following, a written notice setting forth the nature thereof and the action, if any, that the Company, the Trust or an ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto:
(i)    with respect to any Plan, any reportable event, as defined in section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, for which notice thereof has not been waived pursuant to such regulations as in effect on the date hereof; or
(ii)    the taking by the PBGC of steps to institute, or the threatening by the PBGC of the institution of, proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Company, the Trust or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan; or
(iii)    any event, transaction or condition that could result in the incurrence of any liability by the Company, the Trust or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company, the Trust or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or such penalty or excise tax provisions, if such liability or Lien, taken together with any other such liabilities or Liens then existing, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(f)     Notices from Governmental Authority — promptly, and in any event within 30 days of receipt thereof, copies of any notice to the Company, the Trust or any of their Subsidiaries from any federal or state Governmental Authority relating to any order, ruling,

‑20‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

statute or other law or regulation that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(g)     Resignation or Replacement of Auditors — within ten days following the date on which the Company’s or the Trust’s auditors resign or the Company or the Trust elects to change auditors, as the case may be, notification thereof, together with such supporting information as the Required Holders may request; and
(h)     Requested Information — with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries (including, but without limitation, actual copies of the Trust’s Form 10‑Q and Form 10‑K) or relating to the ability of the Company or the Trust to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Notes as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such holder of a Note.
Section 7.2.    Officer’s Certificate     . Each set of financial statements delivered to a Purchaser or a holder of a Note pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer (which, in the case of Electronic Delivery of any such financial statements, shall be by separate concurrent delivery of such certificate to each holder of a Note):
(a)     Covenant Compliance — setting forth the information from such financial statements that is required in order to establish whether the Company, and the Trust, as applicable, were in compliance with the requirements of Section 10 during the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished (including with respect to each such provision that involves mathematical calculations, the information from such financial statements that is required to perform such calculations), and detailed calculations of the maximum or minimum amount, ratio or percentage, as the case may be, permissible under the terms of such Section, and the calculation of the amount, ratio or percentage then in existence. In the event that the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries has made an election to measure any financial liability using fair value (which election is being disregarded for purposes of determining compliance with this Agreement pursuant to Section 23.2) as to the period covered by any such financial statements, such Senior Financial Officer shall include a reconciliation from GAAP with respect to such election;
(b)     Event of Default — certifying that such Senior Financial Officer has reviewed the relevant terms hereof and has made, or caused to be made, under his or her supervision, a review of the transactions and conditions of the Trust, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries from the beginning of the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements

‑21‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

then being furnished to the date of the certificate and that such review shall not have disclosed the existence during such period of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or, if any such condition or event existed or exists (including, without limitation, any such event or condition resulting from the failure of the Trust, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries to comply with any Environmental Law), specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Trust or the Company shall have taken or proposes to take with respect thereto;
(c)     Guarantors – certifying that each Subsidiary Guarantor is a Subsidiary of the Trust; and the Company is and was a Subsidiary of the Trust from the beginning of the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished to the date of the certificate; and
(d)     Unencumbered Real Estate Certificate – listing each of the properties comprising Unencumbered Real Estate and certifying that all Unencumbered Real Estate so listed fully qualifies as such under the applicable criteria in this Agreement, lists any additions or removals or Unencumbered Real Estate during such accounting period, as appropriate, and includes such information as may be reasonably be required to determine the economic and physical occupancy of said Unencumbered Real Estate and the Operating Cash Flow from such Unencumbered Real Estate during such period.
Section 7.3.    Visitation     . The Company and the Trust shall permit the representatives of each Purchaser and each holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor:
(a)     No Default — if no Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of such Purchaser or such holder and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company and the Trust, to visit the principal executive office of the Company and the Trust, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries with the Company’s and the Trust’s officers, and (with the consent of the Company and the Trust, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) its independent public accountants, and (with the consent of the Company and the Trust, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) to visit the other offices and properties of the Company and the Trust and each Subsidiary, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested in writing; and
(b)     Default — if a Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of the Company and the Trust to visit and inspect any of the offices or properties of the Company and the Trust or any of their Subsidiaries, to examine all their respective books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss their

‑22‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers and independent public accountants (and by this provision the Company and the Trust authorizes said accountants to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries), all at such times and as often as may be requested.
Section 7.4.    Electronic Delivery     . Financial statements, opinions of independent certified public accountants, other information and Officers’ Certificates that are required to be delivered by the Company and the Trust pursuant to Sections 7.1(a), (b) or (c) and Section 7.2 shall be deemed to have been delivered if the Company or the Trust satisfies any of the following requirements:
(i)    such financial statements satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1(a) or (b) and related Officer’s Certificate satisfying the requirements of Section 7.2 are delivered to each Purchaser or holder of a Note by e‑mail;
(ii)    the Trust shall have timely filed such Form 10‑Q or Form 10‑K, satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b), as the case may be, with the SEC and shall have made such form and the related Officer’s Certificate satisfying the requirements of Section 7.2 available on its home page on the internet, which is located at http://rgpt.com as of the date of this Agreement;
(iii)    such financial statements satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) and related Officer’s Certificate(s) satisfying the requirements of Section 7.2 are timely posted by or on behalf of the Company and the Trust on IntraLinks or on any other similar website to which each holder of Notes has free access; or
(iv)    the Trust shall have filed any of the items referred to in Section 7.1(c) with the SEC and shall have made such items available on its home page on the internet or on IntraLinks or on any other similar website to which each holder of Notes has free access;
provided, however, that in the case of any of clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv), the Company and the Trust shall have given each holder of a Note prior written notice, which may be by e‑mail or in accordance with Section 18, of such posting or filing in connection with each delivery, provided further, that upon request of any holder to receive paper copies of such forms, financial statements and Officer’s Certificates or to receive them by e‑mail, the Company and the Trust will promptly e‑mail them or deliver such paper copies, as the case may be, to such holder.
SECTION 8.
PAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES.

‑23‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

Section 8.1.    Maturity     . As provided therein, the entire unpaid principal balance of each Series A Note and each Series B Note shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date thereof.
Section 8.2.    Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount     . The Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of any Series of Notes, in an amount not less than $1,000,000 (and in integral multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof) then outstanding in the case of a partial prepayment, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, and the Make‑Whole Amount determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount. The Company will give each holder of the Series of Notes to be prepaid written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than ten days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment unless the Company and the Required Holders agree to another time period pursuant to Section 17. Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Series of Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.3), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer as to the estimated Make‑Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation. Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of the Series of Notes to be prepaid a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer specifying the calculation of such Make‑Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.
Section 8.3.    Allocation of Partial Prepayments     . In the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes of any Series pursuant to Section 8.2, the principal amount of the Notes of such Series to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes of such Series at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.
Section 8.4.    Maturity; Surrender, Etc.      In the case of each prepayment of Notes of any Series pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment, together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make‑Whole Amount, if any. From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make‑Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue. Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.

‑24‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

Section 8.5.    Purchase of Notes     . The Company will not and will not permit any Affiliate to purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except (a) upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes or (b) pursuant to an offer to purchase made by the Company or an Affiliate pro rata to the holders of all Notes at the time outstanding upon the same terms and conditions. Any such offer shall provide each holder with sufficient information to enable it to make an informed decision with respect to such offer, and shall remain open for at least 15 Business Days. If the holders of more than 50% of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding accept such offer, the Company shall promptly notify the remaining holders of such fact and the expiration date for the acceptance by holders of Notes of such offer shall be extended by the number of days necessary to give each such remaining holder at least five (5) Business Days from its receipt of such notice to accept such offer. The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it or any Affiliate pursuant to any payment, prepayment or purchase of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.
Section 8.6.    Make-Whole Amount     . “Make-Whole Amount” means, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Note over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that the Make‑Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero. For the purposes of determining the Make‑Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:
“Called Principal” means, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.
“Discounted Value” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on the Notes is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.
“Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, .50% over the yield to maturity implied by the ask‑side yield(s) reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on‑the‑run U.S. Treasury securities ( “Reported” ) having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date. If there are

‑25‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

no such U.S. Treasury securities Reported having a maturity equal to such Remaining Average Life, then such implied yield to maturity will be determined by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between the ask‑side yields Reported for the applicable most recently issued actively traded on‑the‑run U.S. Treasury securities with the maturities (1) closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.
If such yields are not Reported or the yields Reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), then “Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, .50% over the yield to maturity implied by the U.S. Treasury constant maturity yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for the U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date. If there is no such U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to such Remaining Average Life, such implied yield to maturity will be determined by interpolating linearly between (1) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.
“Remaining Average Life” means, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) such Called Principal into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (b) the number of years, computed on the basis of a 360‑day year composed of twelve 30‑day months and calculated to two decimal places, that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.
“Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest

‑26‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.4 or Section 12.1.
“Settlement Date” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.
Section 8.7.    Payments Due on Non-Business Days     . Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding (but without limiting the requirement in Section 8.4 that the notice of any optional prepayment specify a Business Day as the date fixed for such prepayment), (x) subject to clause (y), any payment of interest on any Note that is due on a date that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day; and (y) any payment of principal of or Make‑Whole Amount on any Note (including principal due on the Maturity Date of such Note) that is due on a date that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and shall include the additional days elapsed in the computation of interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.
Section 8.8.    Change of Control Prepayment     . (a) Promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days of any Responsible Officer becoming aware that a Change of Control has occurred (which shall be deemed to have occurred on the actual closing of any transaction which constitutes a Change of Control within the meaning of subsection (b) of the definition of Change of Control), the Trust and the Company shall give written notice (the “Company/Trust Notice” ) of such fact to all holders of the Notes.
(b)    The Company/Trust Notice shall (i) describe the facts and circumstances of such Change of Control in reasonable detail, (ii) refer to this Section 8.8 and the rights of the holders hereunder and state that a Change of Control has occurred, (iii) contain an offer by the Company to prepay the entire unpaid principal amount of Notes held by each holder, together with interest thereon to the prepayment date selected by the Company with respect to each Note but without any Make‑Whole Amount with respect to each such Note, which prepayment shall be on a date specified in the Company/Trust Notice, which date shall be a Business Day not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days after such Company/Trust Notice is given and (iv) request each holder to notify the Company in writing by a stated date (the “Change of Control Response Date” ), which date is not less than 15 days after such holder’s receipt of the Company/Trust Notice, of its acceptance or rejection of such prepayment offer. If a holder does not notify the Company as provided above, then the holder shall be deemed to have rejected such offer.

‑27‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

(c)    On the prepayment date specified in the Company/Trust Notice, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes held by each holder of Notes who has accepted such prepayment offer (in accordance with subclause (iv) of subsection (b)), together with interest thereon to the prepayment date with respect to each such Note but without payment of any Make‑Whole Amount with respect thereto shall become due and payable.
SECTION 9.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS    .
From the Execution Date until the Closing and thereafter, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company covenants that:
Section 9.1.    Compliance with Laws     . Without limiting Section 10.4, the Company and the Trust will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which each of them is subject, including, without limitation, ERISA, Environmental Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act and the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16, and will obtain and maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, in each case to the extent necessary to ensure that non‑compliance with such laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations or failures to obtain or maintain in effect such licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 9.2.    Insurance     . The Company and the Trust will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to their respective properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies, of such types, on such terms and in such amounts (including deductibles, co‑insurance and self‑insurance, if adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto) as is customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated.
Section 9.3.    Maintenance of Properties     . The Company and the Trust will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, maintain and keep, or cause to be maintained and kept, their respective properties in good repair, working order and condition (other than ordinary wear and tear), so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, provided that this Section shall not prevent the Company, the Trust or any their respective Subsidiaries from discontinuing the operation and the maintenance of any of their properties if such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of their business and the Company and the Trust have concluded that such discontinuance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

‑28‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

Section 9.4.    Payment of Taxes and Claims     . The Company and the Trust will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, file all tax returns required to be filed in any jurisdiction and to pay and discharge all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes, assessments, governmental charges, or levies imposed on them or any of their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent the same have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent and all claims for which sums have become due and payable that have or might become a Lien on properties or assets of the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiary, provided that neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries need pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim if (i) the amount, applicability or validity thereof is contested by the Company, the Trust or such Subsidiary on a timely basis in good faith and in appropriate proceedings, and the Company, the Trust or a Subsidiary has established adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP on the books of the Company, the Trust or such Subsidiary or (ii) the nonpayment of all such taxes, assessments, charges, levies and claims could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 9.5.    Corporate Existence, Etc.      (a) Subject to Section 10.2, the Company and the Trust will at all times preserve and keep their existence as a partnership and real estate investment trust, respectively, in full force and effect. Subject to Section 10.2, the Company and the Trust will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate existence of each of their respective Subsidiaries (unless merged into the Company or a Wholly‑Owned Subsidiary) and all rights and franchises of the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries unless, in the good faith judgment of the Company or the Trust, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such corporate existence, right or franchise could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)    The Trust will at all times (a) be the sole general partner of the Company, (b) own not less than 51% of the partnership interests in the Company, and in any event the largest percentage interest of any partner in the Company and (c) be responsible for making all major and day‑to‑day operational and management decisions to be made by the Company in the conduct of its business. Without the prior written consent of the Required Holders, the Trust shall not own any assets other than its interest in the Company as a general partner and a limited partner, cash, Short‑term Investments and the property described in Schedule 5.23.
Section 9.6.    Books and Records     . The Company and the Trust will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, maintain proper books of record and account in conformity with GAAP and all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having legal or regulatory jurisdiction over the Company, the Trust or such Subsidiary, as the case may be. The Company and the Trust will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, keep books, records and accounts which, in reasonable detail, accurately reflect all transactions and dispositions of assets.

‑29‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

The Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries have devised a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that their respective books, records, and accounts accurately reflect all transactions and dispositions of assets and the Company and the Trust will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, continue to maintain such system.
Section 9.7.    Subsidiary Guarantors     . (a) The Trust will cause each of its Subsidiaries that guarantees or otherwise becomes liable at any time, whether as a borrower or an additional or co‑borrower or otherwise, for or in respect of any Indebtedness under any Material Credit Facility to concurrently therewith:
(i)    enter into an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Holders providing for the guaranty by such Subsidiary, on a joint and several basis with all other such Subsidiaries of the Trust, of (x) the prompt payment in full when due of all amounts payable by the Company or the Trust pursuant to the Notes (whether for principal, interest, Make‑Whole Amount or otherwise) and this Agreement, including, without limitation, all indemnities, fees and expenses payable by the Company or the Trust thereunder and (y) the prompt, full and faithful performance, observance and discharge by the Company or the Trust of each and every covenant, agreement, undertaking and provision required pursuant to the Notes or this Agreement to be performed, observed or discharged by it (a “Subsidiary Guaranty” ); and
(ii)    deliver the following to each of holder of a Note:
(w)    an executed counterpart of such Subsidiary Guaranty;
(x)    a certificate signed by an authorized responsible officer of such Subsidiary containing representations and warranties on behalf of such Subsidiary to the same effect, mutatis mutandis , as those contained in Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, 5.12, 5.15, 5.16, 5.17 and 5.18 of this Agreement (but with respect to such Subsidiary and such Subsidiary Guaranty rather than the Company);
(y)    all documents as may be reasonably requested by the Required Holders to evidence the due organization, continuing existence and good standing of such Subsidiary and the due authorization by all requisite action on the part of such Subsidiary of the execution and delivery of such Subsidiary Guaranty and the performance by such Subsidiary of its obligations thereunder; and
(z)    an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders covering such matters relating to such Subsidiary and such Subsidiary Guaranty as the Required Holders may reasonably request.

‑30‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

(b)    Subject and subordinate to the requirements of Section 9.7(a), at the election of the Trust and by written notice to each holder of Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantor may be discharged from all of its obligations and liabilities under its Subsidiary Guaranty and shall be automatically released from its obligations thereunder without the need for the execution or delivery of any other document by the holders or any other Person, provided, in each case, that (i) after giving effect to such release no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) no amount is then due and payable under such Subsidiary Guaranty, (iii) if any fee or other form of consideration is given to any holder of Indebtedness of the Company expressly for the purpose of such release, holders of Notes shall receive equivalent consideration and (iv) each holder of Notes shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer to the foregoing effect and setting forth the information (including reasonably detailed computations) reasonably required to establish compliance with the foregoing requirements.
Section 9.8.    Most Favored Lender     . (a) If at any time a Material Credit Facility shall contain any financial covenant that relates to one or more numerical measures of the financial condition or results of operations (consolidated or otherwise) of the Company or the Trust (however expressed and whether stated as a ratio, as a fixed threshold, as an event of default, or otherwise, including, without limitation, financial covenants of the type included in Section 9.5 of the Material Credit Facility described in clause (a) in the definition of Material Credit Facility) (or any thereof shall be amended, restated or otherwise modified) and such financial covenant is not contained in this Agreement or would be more beneficial, directly or indirectly, to the holders of the Notes than the financial covenants in Sections 10.7 through 10.10 of this Agreement as of the date hereof (any such financial covenant, a “Financial Covenant” ), then the Company shall promptly (but in any event within ten Business Days from the occurrence thereof) provide written notice thereof to the holders of the Notes, which notice shall refer specifically to this Section 9.8 and shall describe in reasonable detail the Financial Covenant and the relevant ratios or thresholds contained therein. Thereupon, such Financial Covenant shall be deemed automatically incorporated by reference into this Agreement, mutatis mutandis , as if set forth fully herein, without any further action required on the part of any Person, effective as of the date when such Financial Covenant became effective under such Material Credit Facility. Upon the request of the Required Holders, the Company shall enter into an additional agreement or an amendment to this Agreement (as the Required Holders may request), evidencing the incorporation of such Financial Covenant into this Agreement substantially as provided for in the Material Credit Facility. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section shall not apply to covenants contained in any agreements or documents evidencing or securing Non‑recourse Indebtedness.
(b)    Any Financial Covenant incorporated into this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.8(a) shall automatically without any action required to be taken by the Company or any holder of Notes (i) be subject to any subsequent waiver of the correlative covenant to such Financial Covenant under

‑31‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

the Material Credit Facility for the same time period as waived thereunder, (ii) be deemed amended, restated or otherwise modified in this Agreement to the same effect as the correlative covenant to such Financial Covenant shall be amended, restated or otherwise modified under the Material Credit Facility and (iii) be deemed deleted from this Agreement at such time as the correlative covenant to such Financial Covenant shall be deleted from the Material Credit Facility or at such time as the applicable Material Credit Facility shall be terminated and, in the case of any such termination, no amounts of principal or interest shall be outstanding thereunder and, in any such case under clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above, the Company shall promptly (but in any event within five Business Days from the occurrence thereof) provide written notice thereof to the holders of the Notes, which notice shall refer specifically to this Section 9.8, shall include a statement that no Default or Event of Default is then in existence and shall describe in reasonable detail the relevant waiver, amendment, restatement, modification or deletion of such Financial Covenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the financial covenants contained in Sections 10.7 through 10.10 hereof be deleted or amended, restated or otherwise modified pursuant to this Section 9.8 in a way that would be less beneficial, directly or indirectly, to the holders of the Notes than such Sections 10.7 through 10.10 as in effect on the date hereof (and as amended or modified other than pursuant to Section 9.8(a)). Upon the request of the Company, the holders of the Notes shall enter into an additional agreement, waiver or an amendment to this Agreement (as the Required Holders may request), evidencing such waiver, amendment, restatement, modification or deletion of such Financial Covenant in the Material Credit Facility.
(c)    To the extent that the Company shall directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, by way of fee, additional interest or otherwise, as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any financier under any Material Credit Facility of any waiver, amendment, restatement, modification or deletion of any Financial Covenant under such Material Credit Facility for the purpose of curing, avoiding or potentially avoiding a current or future default under such Material Credit Facility, the Company shall pay equivalent consideration on the same terms, ratably to each holder of Notes (based, in the case of the holders of the Notes, on the outstanding balance of the Notes, and in the case of the lenders under the Material Credit Facility, the commitments of such lenders under the Material Credit Facility).
Section 9.9.    Purchasers Covenant Related to Subsidiary Guaranty     . The Purchasers (on behalf of themselves and their successors and assigns) hereby expressly agree to the provisions of the fourth paragraph of Section 1 of the Subsidiary Guaranty.
Section 9.10.    Covenant to Secure Notes Equally     . The Company and the Trust covenant that, if they or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall create or assume any Lien under Section 10.5(f) upon any of its property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, under any Material Credit Facility, it will make or cause to be made effective provision whereby the Notes will be

‑32‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

secured by such Lien equally and ratably with any and all the Indebtedness under such Material Credit Facility thereby secured pursuant to documentation reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders in substance and in form, including, without limitation, an intercreditor agreement and opinions of counsel to the Company, the Trust and/or any such Subsidiary, as the case may be, from counsel that is reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders; provided that the creation and maintenance of such equal and ratable Lien shall not in any way limit or modify the right of the holders of the Notes to enforce the provisions of Section 10.5.
Although it will not be a Default or an Event of Default if the Company fails to comply with any provision of Section 9 on or after the Execution Date and prior to the Closing, if such failure occurs, then any of the Purchasers may elect not to purchase the Notes on the date of the Closing that is specified in Section 3.
SECTION 10.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS    .
From the Execution Date until the Closing and thereafter, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company covenants that:
Section 10.1.    Transactions with Affiliates     . The Trust and the Company will not and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to enter into directly or indirectly any Material transaction or group of related transactions (including without limitation the purchase, lease, sale or exchange of properties of any kind or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate (other than the Company, the Trust or another Subsidiary), except in the ordinary course and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the Company’s, the Trust’s or such Subsidiary’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than would be obtainable in a comparable arm’s‑length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate and those in existence as of the date hereof as set forth on Schedule 5.4 to this Agreement.
Section 10.2.    Merger, Consolidation, Etc.      The Trust and the Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate with or merge with any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to any Person unless:
(a)    the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust, the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor as an entirety, as the case may be, shall be a solvent corporation, limited liability company or partnership organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia), and, if the Trust, the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor is not such

‑33‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

corporation, limited liability company or partnership (i) such corporation, limited liability company or partnership shall have executed and delivered to each holder of any Notes its assumption of the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant and condition of this Agreement, the Notes or the related Subsidiary Guaranty, as the case may be and (ii) such corporation, limited liability company or partnership shall have caused to be delivered to each holder of any Notes an opinion of nationally recognized independent counsel, or other independent counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders, to the effect that all agreements or instruments effecting such assumption are enforceable in accordance with their terms and comply with the terms hereof;
(b)    each Subsidiary Guarantor under any Subsidiary Guaranty that is outstanding at the time such transaction or each transaction in such a series of transactions occurs reaffirms its obligations under such Subsidiary Guaranty in writing at such time pursuant to documentation that is reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders; and
(c)    immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or each transaction in any such series of transactions, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
No such conveyance, transfer or lease of substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Trust shall have the effect of releasing the Company, the Trust or any successor partnership, real estate investment trust, corporation or limited liability company that shall theretofore have become such in the manner prescribed in this Section 10.2 from its liability under this Agreement or the Notes, as applicable.
Section 10.3.    Line of Business     . The Company and the Trust will not and will not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to engage in any business if, as a result, the general nature of the business in which the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, would then be engaged would be substantially changed from the general nature of the business in which the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are engaged on the date of this Agreement as described in Schedule 10.3.
Section 10.4.    Terrorism Sanctions Regulations     . The Company and the Trust will not and will not permit any Controlled Entity (a) to become (including by virtue of being owned or controlled by a Blocked Person), own or control a Blocked Person or any Person that is the target of sanctions imposed by the United Nations or by the European Union, or (b) directly or indirectly to have any investment in or engage in any dealing or transaction (including, without limitation, any investment, dealing or transaction involving the proceeds of the Notes) with any Person if such investment, dealing or transaction (i) would cause any holder to be in violation of any law or

‑34‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

regulation applicable to such holder, or (ii) is prohibited by or subject to sanctions under any U.S. Economic Sanctions, or (c) to engage, nor shall any Affiliate of either engage, in any activity that could subject such Person or any Purchaser or holder to sanctions under CISADA or any similar law or regulation with respect to Iran or any other country that is subject to U.S. Economic Sanctions.
Section 10.5.    Liens     . Neither the Company nor the Trust will, nor will either of them permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to directly or indirectly create, incur, assume or permit to exist (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any Lien on or with respect to any property or asset (including, without limitation, any document or instrument in respect of goods or accounts receivable) of the Company, the Trust or any such Subsidiary, whether now owned or held or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income or profits, except:
(a)    liens in favor of the Company or the Trust on all or part of the assets of Subsidiaries of such Person securing Indebtedness owing by Subsidiaries of such Person to such Person;
(b)    liens on properties to secure taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or claims for labor, material or supplies in respect of obligations not overdue or which are being contested as permitted by Section 9.4;
(c)    deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure payment of, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions or other social security obligations;
(d)    liens on properties or any interest therein (including the rents, issues and profits therefrom) in respect of judgments or awards, which would not constitute an Event of Default under Section 11(i);
(e)    encumbrances on properties consisting of easements, rights of way, zoning restrictions, leases and other occupancy agreements, restrictions on the use of real property and defects and irregularities in the title thereto, landlord’s or lessor’s liens under leases to which the Company, any Guarantor or a Subsidiary of such Person is a party, and other minor non‑monetary liens or encumbrances none of which interferes materially with the use of the property affected in the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company, the Guarantors or their Subsidiaries, which defects do not individually or in the aggregate have a materially adverse effect on the business of the Company or any of the Guarantors individually or of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis; and

‑35‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

(f)    liens on properties or interests therein to secure Indebtedness of the Trust, the Company or any Subsidiary, provided that such liens and the Indebtedness secured thereby are permitted under this Agreement including, without limitation, under Sections 10.6 through 10.10.
Section 10.6.    Subsidiary Indebtedness     . In addition to, and not in limitation of, any other restrictions in this Agreement, the Trust and the Company will not permit their respective Subsidiaries (other than the Company) to create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to any Indebtedness of the type described in any of clauses (a) through (g) of the definition thereof other than:
(a)    Unsecured Indebtedness (including, for clarity, Recourse Indebtedness) of Subsidiary Guarantors,
(b)    Non‑recourse Indebtedness of Subsidiaries, and
(c)    in addition to Indebtedness permitted under subclauses (a) and (b) above, all other Indebtedness of Subsidiaries, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such other Indebtedness of Subsidiaries at any time does not exceed 15% of the Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value.
Section 10.7.    Limitation on Indebtedness     . Neither the Company nor the Trust will permit the ratio of Consolidated Total Liabilities to Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value to exceed 60%.
Section 10.8.    Limitation on Priority Indebtedness     . Neither the Company nor the Trust will permit the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Secured Indebtedness of the Trust, the Company and their Subsidiaries plus (ii) Unsecured Indebtedness of Subsidiaries which are not Subsidiary Guarantors to (b) Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value, to exceed 40%.
Section 10.9.    Limitation on Unsecured Indebtedness     . Neither the Company nor the Trust will at any time permit the ratio of (i) Consolidated Total Unencumbered Asset Value to (ii) Unsecured Indebtedness of the Trust, the Company and their Subsidiaries to be less than 1.50 to 1.00.
Section 10.10.    Fixed Charge Ratio     . Neither the Company nor the Trust will permit the ratio of Consolidated Operating Cash Flow to Fixed Charges to be less than 1.50 to 1.00, as calculated for the most recent four fiscal quarters ended; provided, however, that for purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, prior to such time as the Company or the Trust has owned and operated a parcel of Real Estate for (4) full fiscal quarters, the Operating Cash Flow with respect

‑36‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

to such parcel of Real Estate for the number of full fiscal quarters which the Company or the Trust has owned and operated such parcel of Real Estate as annualized shall be utilized. Additionally, for the purposes of calculating Consolidated Operating Cash Flow under this Section, Operating Cash Flow attributable to any Redevelopment Property shall be included even if such Redevelopment Property is then being valued at cost for the purposes of calculating the Company’s Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value. For the purposes of this Section, the Operating Cash Flow and Debt Service attributable to any Real Estate and the principal indebtedness repaid as a part of such shall be excluded from the calculations when such Real Estate is sold.
Section 10.11.    Sale of Assets     . Neither the Trust, nor the Company will, nor will they permit their respective Subsidiaries to, (i) without limiting any transaction permitted by Section 10.2 hereof, enter into any transaction or series of transactions which would result in the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition in each case, of all or substantially all of the collective assets of the Trust and its Subsidiaries; or (ii) sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any individual Real Estate which has been Unencumbered Real Estate without regard to satisfaction of conditions set forth in (a) through (g) in the definition thereof (or any Subsidiary which owns such individual Real Estate), having a sales price that would exceed 5% of Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value unless after giving effect to such disposition, there is no Event of Default.
Section 10.12.    Restriction on Certain Investments     . Neither the Company nor the Trust will, nor will either of them permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or permit to exist or to remain outstanding any Investment:
(a)    in any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trust that is not 100% owned by the Company or the Trust or in Unconsolidated Affiliates except Investments in Subsidiaries of the Company or the Trust that are not one hundred percent (100%) owned by the Company or the Trust or in Unconsolidated Affiliates, which Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates are engaged in the ownership of Real Estate or development activity pursuant to Section 10.13, provided that in no event shall such Investments exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the Company’s Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value in the aggregate without the prior written consent of the Required Holders;
(b)    in any development activity, whether directly or through a Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate, except in development permitted by Section 10.13 which at any time has a total cost (including acquisition, construction and other costs), whether such total costs are incurred directly by the Company, the Trust or such Subsidiary or through an Investment in an Unconsolidated Affiliate permitted under this Agreement, individually for each development project that is not in excess of ten percent (10%) of the Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value of the Company, and in the aggregate for all development projects

‑37‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

that are not in excess of fifteen percent (15%) of the Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value of the Company. For the purposes of calculating the cost of developments by Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates, the cost of such developments shall be based upon the Company’s interest in such Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates. For purposes of this Section 10.12(b) and Section 10.13, the term “total cost” shall not include (i) costs specifically reimbursable by tenants or shadow anchors (other than through rent or a gross up of rent), (ii) capitalized general and administrative expenses, or (iii) operating expenses and interest to the extent of operating income received from the applicable development property; and
(c)    whether directly or through a Subsidiary or an Unconsolidated Affiliate, in undeveloped parcels of Real Estate which in the aggregate exceed five percent (5%) of the Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value of the Company, provided that the acquisition or holding of any outlots or property adjacent to any Real Estate owned by the Company (or any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate thereof), the Trust or any Subsidiary thereof shall not be deemed to be an undeveloped parcel of Real Estate for this purpose and options and purchase agreements to acquire any property shall not be deemed an acquisition or holding of such property.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or Section 10.13, in no event shall the aggregate Investments of the Company, the Trust and their Subsidiaries described in this Section 10.12 exceed 25% of the Company’s Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value at any time.
Section 10.13.    Development Activity     . Neither the Company, the Trust nor any of their respective Subsidiaries shall engage, directly or indirectly, including through Unconsolidated Affiliates, in any development except (i) as expressly provided in Section 10.12(b), (ii) in undeveloped parcels of Real Estate which in the aggregate did not exceed 5.00% of Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value of the Company, provided that the acquisition or holding of any outlots or property adjacent to any Real Estate owned by the Company (or any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate thereof), the Trust or any Subsidiary thereof should not be deemed to be an undeveloped parcel of Real Estate for this purpose and options and purchase agreements to purchase any property shall not be deemed to be an acquisition or holding of such property, and (iii) as expressly provided in this Section 10.13. The Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries may engage, either directly or, in the case of the Company, through any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate of the Company, in an Investment which is permitted under Section 10.12(b), in the development of property to be used principally for retail shopping centers or a use ancillary thereto (except for the development commonly referred to as Aquia) which at any time has a total cost in excess of the limit set forth in Section 10.12(b), without the prior written consent of the Required Holders. For purposes of this Section 10.13, the term “development” shall include the new construction of a

‑38‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

shopping center complex or the substantial renovation of improvements to real property which materially change the character or size thereof, but shall not include the addition of amenities or other related facilities to existing Real Estate which is already used principally for shopping centers; provided, however, that the term “development” shall not include demolition of existing structures performed by the Company or the addition of an anchor store to an existing shopping center project, provided that the construction of such improvements is performed by the tenant, and the Company (or any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate thereof), the Trust or its respective Subsidiary, as applicable, is only obligated to reimburse such tenant for a fixed amount with respect to the cost of such construction upon completion of such construction by such tenant. The undeveloped projects of the Company, the Trust and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing are set forth on Schedule 10.13 hereto. Nothing herein shall prohibit the Company, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries thereof from entering into an agreement to acquire Real Estate which has been developed and initially leased by another Person. Further, any new development project permitted under the terms of this Section 10.13 engaged in by the Company (or any Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate thereof), the Trust or any Subsidiary thereof, before any vertical construction commences on any phase of such project, shall be either (i) at least fifty percent (50%) pre‑leased (based on the gross leasable area of the improvements to the development, or the phase of the development project being developed, excluding outlots), including all anchors in such phase (it being agreed that Company shall receive a credit against such occupancy requirement for any space to be occupied by an anchor that has been conveyed to such anchor), or under a purchase agreement to sell and all construction bids shall be in place, and any such development shall continue to be deemed an undeveloped parcel until such time as construction commences, or (ii) sufficiently pre‑leased such that based on such leases the gross income from such leases upon completion of such project shall equal or exceed projected operating expenses (including reserves for expenses not paid on a monthly basis). For purposes of this Section 10.13, property shall be deemed to be in development at all times that it is Under Development.
Although it will not be a Default or an Event of Default if the Company fails to comply with any provision of Section 10 on or after giving effect to the issuance of the Notes on a pro forma basis, if such a failure occurs, then any of the Purchasers may elect not to purchase the Notes on the date of the Closing that is specified in Section 3.
SECTION 11.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT    .

‑39‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

An “Event of Default” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:
(a)    the Company defaults in the payment of any principal or Make‑Whole Amount, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise; or
(b)    the Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note for more than five Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or
(c)    the Company or the Trust defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 7.1(d); or
(d)    the Company or any Guarantor defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein (other than those referred to in Sections 11(a), (b) and (c)) or in any Subsidiary Guaranty and such default is not remedied within 30 days after the earlier of (i) a Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge of such default and (ii) the Company receiving written notice of such default from any holder of a Note (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this Section 11(d)); or
(e)    (i) any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of the Company, the Trust or any of their Subsidiaries or by any officer of the Company, the Trust or any of their Subsidiaries in this Agreement or any writing furnished in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made, or (ii) any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor or by any officer of such Subsidiary Guarantor in any Subsidiary Guaranty or any writing furnished in connection with such Subsidiary Guaranty proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made; or
(f)    (i) the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries is in default (as principal or as guarantor or other surety) in the payment of any principal of or premium or make‑whole amount or interest on any Recourse Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000 or any Non‑recourse Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of at least $30,000,000 as and when due and payable and the continuation of such default beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, or (ii) the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any evidence of any Recourse Indebtedness exceeding the

‑40‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

principal amount, in aggregate, equal to at least $10,000,000 or any Non‑recourse Indebtedness exceeding the principal amount, in aggregate, equal to at least $30,000,000 or of any mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating thereto or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Indebtedness has become, or has been declared (or one or more Persons are entitled to declare such Indebtedness to be), due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (iii) as a consequence of the occurrence or continuation of any event or condition (other than the passage of time or the right of the holder of Indebtedness to convert such Indebtedness into equity interests), (x) the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries has become obligated to repurchase or repay Recourse Indebtedness or Non‑recourse Indebtedness before its regular maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least $10,000,000 in the case of Recourse Indebtedness or $30,000,000 in the case of Non‑recourse Indebtedness; or (y) one or more Persons have the right to require the Company or any Subsidiary so to purchase or repay such Indebtedness; or
(g)    the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries (i) is generally not paying, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated, or (vi) takes corporate action for the purpose of any of the foregoing; or
(h)    a court or other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction enters an order appointing, without consent by the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding‑up or liquidation of the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any such petition shall be filed against the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries and such petition shall not be dismissed within 60 days; or

‑41‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

(i)    one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money aggregating in excess of an amount equal to $35,000,000, including, without limitation, any such final order enforcing a binding arbitration decision, are rendered against one or more of the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries and which judgments are not, within 60 days after entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within 60 days after the expiration of such stay;
(j)    if (i) any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under section 412 of the Code, (ii) a notice of intent to terminate any Plan shall have been or is reasonably expected to be filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under ERISA section 4042 to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC shall have notified the Company, any of the Guarantors or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of any such proceedings, (iii) the aggregate “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) under all Plans, determined in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, shall exceed an amount equal to $35,000,000 and any such event or events could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) the Company, the Guarantors or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, (v) the Company, the Guarantors or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan, or (vi) the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post‑employment welfare benefits in a manner that would increase the liability of the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries thereunder; and any such event or events described in clauses (i) through (vi) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As used in this Section 11(j), the terms “employee benefit plan” and “employee welfare benefit plan” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA; or
(k)    any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Guaranty of the Trust provided in Section 22 hereof shall cease to be in full force and effect, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trust or any Person acting on behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trust shall contest in any manner the validity, binding nature or enforceability of any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Guaranty of the Trust provided in Section 22 hereof, or the obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trust under any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Guaranty of the Trust provided in Section 22 hereof are not or cease to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with the terms of such Subsidiary Guaranty or the Guaranty of the Trust provided in Section 22

‑42‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

hereof, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to the release or termination of a Subsidiary Guaranty pursuant to Section 9.7(b).
SECTION 12.
REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC.    
Section 12.1.    Acceleration     . (a) If an Event of Default with respect to the Company or any Guarantor described in Section 11(g) or (h) (other than an Event of Default described in clause (i) of Section 11(g) or described in clause (vi) of Section 11(g) by virtue of the fact that such clause encompasses clause (i) of Section 11(g)) has occurred), all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable.
(b)    If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may at any time at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable.
(c)    If any Event of Default described in Section 11(a) or (b) has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes held by it or them to be immediately due and payable.
Upon any Notes becoming due and payable under this Section 12.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Notes will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Notes, plus (x) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, but not limited to, interest accrued thereon at the Default Rate) and (y) the Make‑Whole Amount determined in respect of such principal amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law), shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived. The Company acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Company (except as herein specifically provided for) and that the provision for payment of a Make‑Whole Amount by the Company in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.
Section 12.2.    Other Remedies     . If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 12.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note

‑43‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

or Subsidiary Guaranty, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.
Section 12.3.    Rescission     . At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1(b) or (c), the holders of not less than 50% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make‑Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make‑Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the Default Rate, (b) neither the Company nor any other Person shall have paid any amounts which have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non‑payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 17, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes. No rescission and annulment under this Section 12.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 12.4.    No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc.      No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement, any Subsidiary Guaranty or any Note upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. Without limiting the obligations of the Company under Section 15, the Company will pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 12, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements.
SECTION 13.
REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES    .
Section 13.1.    Registration of Notes     . The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes. The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register. If any holder of one or more Notes is a nominee, then (a) the name and address of the beneficial owner of such Note or Notes shall also be registered in such register as an owner and holder thereof and (b) at any such beneficial owner’s option, either such beneficial owner or its nominee may execute any amendment, waiver or consent pursuant to this Agreement. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person(s) in

‑44‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

whose name any Note(s) shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary. The Company shall give to any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.
Section 13.2.    Transfer and Exchange of Notes     . Upon surrender of any Note to the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)), for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other information for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof), within ten Business Days thereafter, the Company shall execute and deliver, at the Company’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes, of the same Series, (as requested by the holder thereof) in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note. Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request and shall be substantially in the form of Schedule 1‑A, in the case of a Series A Note and Schedule 1‑B, in the case of a Series B Note. Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes. Notes shall not be transferred in denominations of less than $100,000, provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes, one Note of such Series may be in a denomination of less than $100,000. Any transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representation set forth in Section 6.2.
Section 13.3.    Replacement of Notes     . Upon receipt by the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and
(a)    in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it ( provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, an original Purchaser or another holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least $50,000,000 or a Qualified Institutional Buyer, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or

‑45‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

(b)    in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,
within ten Business Days thereafter, the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note of the same Series, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.
SECTION 14.
PAYMENTS ON NOTES    .
Section 14.1.    Place of Payment     . Subject to Section 14.2, payments of principal, Make‑Whole Amount, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made in New York, New York at the principal office of Deutsche Bank N.A. in such jurisdiction. The Company may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Company in such jurisdiction or the principal office of a bank or trust company in such jurisdiction.
Section 14.2.    Home Office Payment     . So long as any Purchaser or its nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 14.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Company will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make‑Whole Amount, if any, interest and all other amounts becoming due hereunder by the method and at the address specified for such purpose below such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A, or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company at its principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Company pursuant to Section 14.1. Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by a Purchaser or its nominee, such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for a new Note or Notes of the same Series pursuant to Section 13.2. The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 14.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by a Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as the Purchasers have made in this Section 14.2.
SECTION 15.
EXPENSES, ETC.    
Section 15.1.    Transaction Expenses     . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will pay all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’

‑46‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

fees of a special counsel and, if reasonably required by the Required Holders, local or other counsel) incurred by the Purchasers and each other holder of a Note in connection with such transactions and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement, any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Notes (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective) within 15 Business Days after the Company’s receipt of any invoice therefor, including, without limitation: (a) the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement, any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Notes or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement, any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Notes, or by reason of being a holder of any Note, (b) the costs and expenses, including financial advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, the Trust or any of their Subsidiaries or in connection with any work‑out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Notes and any Subsidiary Guaranty and (c) the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the initial filing of this Agreement and all related documents and financial information with the SVO provided, that such costs and expenses under this clause (c) shall not exceed $3,500. In the event that any such invoice is not paid within 15 Business Days after the Company’s receipt thereof, interest on the amount of such invoice shall be due and payable at the Default Rate commencing with the 16th Business Day after the Company’s receipt thereof until such invoice has been paid. The Company will pay, and will save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, (i) all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses, if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other holder in connection with its purchase of the Notes) and (ii) any and all wire transfer fees that any bank deducts from any payment under such Note to such holder or otherwise charges to a holder of a Note with respect to a payment under such Note.
Section 15.2.    Survival     . The obligations of the Company under this Section 15 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Notes, and the termination of this Agreement.
SECTION 16.
SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT    .
All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Company under this Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement,

‑47‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

the Notes and any Subsidiary Guaranties embody the entire agreement and understanding between each Purchaser and the Company and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.
SECTION 17.
AMENDMENT AND WAIVER    .
Section 17.1.    Requirements     . This Agreement and the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders, except that:
(a)    no amendment or waiver of any of Sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 21 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used therein), will be effective as to any Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing; and
(b)    no amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of each Purchaser and the holder of each Note at the time outstanding, (i) subject to Section 12 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of (x) interest on the Notes or (y) the Make‑Whole Amount, (ii) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any amendment or waiver or the principal amount of the Notes that the Purchasers are to purchase pursuant to Section 2 upon the satisfaction of the conditions to Closing that appear in Section 4, or (iii) amend any of Sections 8 (except as set forth in the second sentence of Section 8.2 and Section 17.1(c)), 11(a), 11(b), 12, 17 or 20.
Section 17.2.        Solicitation of Holders of Notes     .
(a)     Solicitation. The Company will provide each Purchaser and each holder of a Note (irrespective of the amount or Series of Notes then owned by it) with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such Purchaser and such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof or of the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty. The Company will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to this Section 17 or any Subsidiary Guaranty to Purchaser and each holder of a Note promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite Purchasers or holders of Notes.
(b)     Payment. The Company will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any

‑48‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

security or provide other credit support, to any Purchaser or holder of a Note as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by such Purchaser or such holder of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof or of any Subsidiary Guaranty or any Note unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each Purchaser and each holder of a Note even if such Purchaser or holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.
(c)     Consent in Contemplation of Transfer. Any consent given pursuant to this Section 17 or any Subsidiary Guaranty by a holder of a Note that has transferred or has agreed to transfer its Note to the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company in connection with such consent shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder.
Section 17.3.    Binding Effect, Etc.      Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 17 or any Subsidiary Guaranty applies equally to all Purchasers and holders of each Series of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Company and the Trust without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Company, the Trust and any Purchaser or holder of a Note of any Series and no delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note of any Series or Subsidiary Guaranty shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any Purchaser or holder of such Note.
Section 17.4.    Notes Held by Company, Etc.      Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement, any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Notes, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein or in any Subsidiary Guaranty or the Notes to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes of any Series then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.
SECTION 18.
NOTICES.    
Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 7.4, all notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day

‑49‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

sends a confirming copy of such notice by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), or (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid), or (c) by an internationally recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:
(i)    if to any Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A, or at such other address as such Purchaser or nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing,
(ii)    if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing,
(iii)    if to the Company, to the Company at 31500 Northwestern Highway, Suite 300, Farmington Hills, MI 48334 to the attention of Chief Financial Officer, or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing, or
(iv)    if to the Trust, to the Trust at 31500 Northwestern Highway, Suite 300, Farmington Hills, MI 48334 to the attention of Chief Financial Officer, or at such other address as the Trust shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing,
Notices under this Section 18 will be deemed given only when actually received.
SECTION 19.
REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS.    
This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser at any Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital, or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Company and the Trust agree and stipulate that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 19 shall not prohibit the Company, the Trust or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.
SECTION 20.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.    

‑50‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

For the purposes of this Section 20, “Confidential Information” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Company, the Trust or any of their Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement that is proprietary in nature and that was clearly marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified when received by such Purchaser as being confidential information of the Company, the Trust or such Subsidiary, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any Person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Company, the Trust or any of their Subsidiaries or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 7.1 that are otherwise publicly available. Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, trustees and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its auditors, financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with this Section 20, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by this Section 20), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any Security of the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by this Section 20), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes, this Agreement or any Subsidiary Guaranty. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 20 as though it were a party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Company embodying this Section 20.

‑51‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

In the event that as a condition to receiving access to information relating to the Company, the Trust or their respective Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, any Purchaser or holder of a Note is required to agree to a confidentiality undertaking (whether through IntraLinks, another secure website, a secure virtual workspace or otherwise) which is different from this Section 20, this Section 20 shall not be amended thereby and, as between such Purchaser or such holder, the Company and the Trust, this Section 20 shall supersede any such other confidentiality undertaking.
SECTION 21.
SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER.    
Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates or another Purchaser or any one of such other Purchaser’s Affiliates (a “Substitute Purchaser” ) as the purchaser of the Notes that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Company, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Substitute Purchaser, shall contain such Substitute Purchaser’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Substitute Purchaser of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6. Upon receipt of such notice, any reference to such Purchaser in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), shall be deemed to refer to such Substitute Purchaser in lieu of such original Purchaser. In the event that such Substitute Purchaser is so substituted as a Purchaser hereunder and such Substitute Purchaser thereafter transfers to such original Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Substitute Purchaser, upon receipt by the Company of notice of such transfer, any reference to such Substitute Purchaser as a “Purchaser” in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Substitute Purchaser, but shall refer to such original Purchaser, and such original Purchaser shall again have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement.
SECTION 22.
TRUST GUARANTY    .
Section 22.1.    Guaranty     . The Trust hereby guarantees to each holder of any Note at any time outstanding (a) the prompt payment in full in Dollars when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by mandatory or optional prepayment or otherwise) of the principal of and Make‑Whole Amount, if any, and interest on the Notes (including, without limitation, any interest on any overdue principal and Make‑Whole Amount, if any) and all other amounts from time to time owing by the Company under this Agreement and under the Notes (including, without limitation, costs, expenses and Taxes in accordance with the terms hereof), and (b) the prompt performance and observance by the Company of all covenants, agreements and conditions on its part to be performed and observed hereunder, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (such payments and other obligations being herein collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations” ). The Trust hereby further agrees that if the Company shall default in the payment

‑52‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

or performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Trust will (x) promptly pay or perform the same, without any demand, proof of demand or filing or notice whatsoever, and without deduction by reason of any set off, defense or counterclaim of the Company and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration, by mandatory or optional prepayment or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal and (y) pay to the holder of any Note such amounts, to the extent lawful, as shall be sufficient to pay the costs and expenses of collection or of otherwise enforcing any of such holder’s rights under this Agreement, including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees.
All obligations of the Trust under Sections 22.1 and 22.2 shall survive the transfer of any Note, and any obligations of the Trust under Sections 22.1 and 22.2 with respect to which the underlying obligation of the Company is expressly stated to survive the payment of any Note shall also survive payment of such Note.
Section 22.2.    Guaranty Obligations Unconditional     . (a) The obligations of the Trust under Section 22.1 constitute a present and continuing guaranty of payment and not collectibility and are absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, the Notes or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any Guaranty of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 22.2 that the obligations of the Trust hereunder shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable under any and all circumstances. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Trust hereunder which shall remain absolute, unconditional and irrevocable as described above:
(1)    any amendment or modification of any provision of this Agreement (other than Section 22.1 or 22.2), any of the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty, or any assignment or transfer thereof, including without limitation the renewal or extension of the time of payment of any of the Notes or the granting of time in respect of such payment thereof, or of any furnishing or acceptance of security or any additional guarantee or any release of any security or guarantee so furnished or accepted for any of the Notes;
(2)    any waiver, consent, extension, granting of time, forbearance, indulgence or other action or inaction under or in respect of this Agreement, the Notes, any Guaranty or

‑53‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

any Subsidiary Guaranty, or any exercise or non‑exercise of any right, remedy or power in respect hereof or thereof;
(3)    any bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceedings with respect to the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person or the properties or creditors of any of them;
(4)    the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default under, or any invalidity or any unenforceability of, or any misrepresentation, irregularity or other defect in, this Agreement, the Notes or any other agreement;
(5)    any transfer of any assets to or from the Company, including without limitation any transfer or purported transfer to the Company from any Person, any invalidity, illegality of, or inability to enforce, any such transfer or purported transfer, any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any Person, any change in the ownership of any shares of capital stock or other equity or ownership interests of the Company, or any change whatsoever in the objects, capital structure, constitution or business of the Company;
(6)    any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, on the part of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person to perform or comply with, or the impossibility or illegality of performance by the Company or any other Person of, any term of this Agreement, the Notes, any Guaranty, any Subsidiary Guaranty or any other agreement;
(7)    any suit or other action brought by, or any judgment in favor of, any beneficiaries or creditors of, the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, including without limitation any suit or action in any way attacking or involving any issue, matter or thing in respect of this Agreement, any of the Notes, any Guaranty, any Subsidiary Guaranty or any other agreement;
(8)    any lack or limitation of status or of power, incapacity or disability of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person providing a Guaranty of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations; or
(9)    any other thing, event, happening, matter, circumstance or condition whatsoever, not in any way limited to the foregoing (other than the indefeasible payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations).
(b)    The Trust hereby unconditionally waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever and any requirement that any holder of a Note exhaust any right, power or remedy against the Company under this Agreement or the Notes or any other agreement

‑54‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other Person under any other Guaranty of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations.
(c)    In the event that the Trust shall at any time pay any amount on account of the Guaranteed Obligations or take any other action in performance of its obligations hereunder, the Trust shall not exercise any subrogation or other rights hereunder or under the Notes and the Trust hereby waives all rights it may have to exercise any such subrogation or other rights, and all other remedies that it may have against the Company, in respect of any payment made hereunder unless and until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full. Prior to the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations, if any amount shall be paid to the Trust on account of any such subrogation rights or other remedy, notwithstanding the waiver thereof, such amount shall be received in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Notes and shall forthwith be paid to such holders to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms hereof. The Trust agrees that its obligations under this Section 22 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment (including payment in full) by or on behalf of the Company is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of a Note, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, all as though such amount had not been paid.
(d)    If an event permitting the acceleration of the maturity of the principal amount of the Notes shall at any time have occurred and be continuing and such acceleration (and the effect thereof on the Guaranteed Obligations) shall at such time be prevented by reason of the pendency against the Company or any other Person (other than the Trust as to itself) of a case or proceeding under a bankruptcy or insolvency law, the Trust agrees that, for purposes of the guarantee in this Section 22 and the Trust’s obligations under this Agreement and the Guaranties, the maturity of the principal amount of the Notes shall be deemed to have been accelerated (with a corresponding effect on the Guaranteed Obligations) with the same effect as if the holders of the Notes had accelerated the same in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and the Trust shall forthwith pay such principal amount, any interest thereon, any Make‑Whole Amounts and any other amounts guaranteed hereunder without further notice or demand.
(e)    The guarantee in Section 22.1 is a continuing guarantee and shall apply to the Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising. Each default in the payment or performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall give rise to a separate claim and cause of action hereunder, and separate claims or suits may be made and brought, as the case may be, hereunder as each such default occurs.
Section 22.3.    Guaranties Endorsed on the Notes     . Each Note shall have endorsed thereon a Guaranty of the Trust in the form of Note in Schedule 1‑A or Schedule 1‑B, as applicable.

‑55‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

SECTION 23.
MISCELLANEOUS.    
Section 23.1.    Successors and Assigns     . All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.
Section 23.2.    Accounting Terms     . All accounting terms used herein which are not expressly defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively given to them in accordance with GAAP. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, (i) all computations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) all financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP. In the event of any change in GAAP after the date hereof or any other change in accounting procedures which would affect the computation of any financial covenant, ratio or other requirement set forth herein, then upon the request of the Company or the Required Holders, the Company, the Guarantors, and the holders of Notes shall negotiate promptly, diligently and in good faith in order to amend the provisions of this Agreement such that such financial covenant, ratio or other requirement shall continue to provide substantially the same financial tests or restrictions of the Company and the Guarantors as in effect prior to such accounting change, as determined by the Required Holders in their good faith judgment. Until such time as such amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Company, the Guarantors and the Required Holders (i) such financial covenants, ratio and other requirements, and all financial statements and other documents required to be delivered under this Agreement, shall be calculated and reported as if such change had not occurred and (ii) the Company shall provide to each holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in generally accepted accounting principles. For purposes of determining compliance with this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 9, Section 10 and the definition of “Indebtedness”), any election by the Company or the Trust to measure any financial liability using fair value (as permitted by Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 825‑10‑25– Fair Value Option, International Accounting Standard 39– Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement or any similar accounting standard) shall be disregarded and such determination shall be made as if such election had not been made.
Section 23.3.    Severability     . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

‑56‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

Section 23.4.    Construction, Etc.      Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.
Section 23.5.    Counterparts     . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.
Section 23.6.    Governing Law     . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice‑of‑law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.
Section 23.7.    Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial     . (a) The Company and the Trust irrevocably submit to the non‑exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company and the Trust irrevocably waive and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
(b)    The Company and the Trust consent to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of Notes in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 23.7(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Section 18 or at such other address of which such holder shall then have been notified pursuant to said Section. The Company and the Trust agree that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

‑57‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

(c)    Nothing in this Section 23.7 shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against the Company or the Trust in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.
(d)    THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT ON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH.
Section 23.8.    Trust Exculpation     . Subject to the terms of this Section 23.8, all persons having a claim against the Trust (as a Guarantor or general partner of the Company), the general partner of the Company whose signature is affixed hereto as said general partner, hereunder or in connection with any matter that is the subject hereof, shall look solely to (i) the Trust’s interest and rights in the Company (as a general partner or limited partner), (ii) the amount of any gross cash proceeds received by the Company or any Guarantor as a result of the issuance and sale by the Company or any Guarantor of any debt or equity securities of the Company or such Guarantor less the customary and reasonable costs, fees, expenses, underwriting commissions and discounts incurred by the Company or such Guarantor in connection therewith not contributed to the Company, (iii) all accounts receivable, including the amount of any Distributions received by the Trust from the Company and not distributed to shareholders of the Trust as permitted by this Agreement, (iv) all rights and claims (including amounts paid under) the Tax Agreement dated as of May 10, 1996 between Atlantic Realty Trust and RPS Realty Trust (now known as the Trust), (v) all cash and Short‑term Investments in an amount in excess of $500,000.00, (vi) any other assets which the Trust may now own or hereafter acquire with the consent of the Required Holders pursuant to Section 9.5(b), (vii) all documents and agreements in favor of the Trust in connection with any of the foregoing, (viii) all claims and causes of action arising from or otherwise related to any of the foregoing, and all rights and judgments related to any legal actions in connection with such claims or causes of action, and (ix) all extensions, additions, renewals and replacements, substitutions, products or proceeds of any of the foregoing (the “Attachable Assets” ), and in no event shall the obligation of the Trust be enforceable against any shareholder, trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust personally. In no event shall any person have any claim against: (i) the cash, Short‑term Investments of the Trust and the property described in Schedule 5.23 hereto, all under the heading of “Other Permitted Assets”, (ii) all documents and agreements in favor of the Trust in connection with any of the foregoing, (iii) all claims and causes of action arising from or otherwise related to any of the foregoing, and all rights and judgments related to any legal actions in connection with such claims or causes of actions, and (iv) all extensions, additions, renewals and replacements, substitutions, products or proceeds of any of the foregoing (the “Other Permitted Assets” ). The holders of Notes have agreed to the terms of this Section 23.8 solely based upon the representation

‑58‑

Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P.        Note Purchase Agreement

and covenant of Company and the Trust that the Trust does not and will not own any assets other than the Attachable Assets and the Other Permitted Assets. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 23.8 to the contrary, the foregoing limitation on liability and recourse to the Trust (as a Guarantor or general partner of Company) shall be null and void and of no force and effect, and the holders of the Notes shall have full recourse against the Trust, individually as a Guarantor and in its capacity as general partner of Company, and to all of its assets (including, without limitation, the Other Permitted Assets) in the event that the Trust shall now or at any time hereafter own any asset other than or in addition to the Other Permitted Assets and the Attachable Assets. Nothing herein shall limit the rights of the holders of Notes against the Company.
Section 23.9.    Transaction References     . The Company and the Trust each agrees that NYL Investors LLC and New York Life Insurance Company may (a) refer to its role in originating the purchase of the Notes from the Company and in establishing the Agreement, as well as the identity of the Company and the Trust, the Series A Notes, the Series B Notes, and the date on which the Agreement was established, on its internet site or in marketing materials, press releases, published “tombstone” announcements or any other print or electronic medium and (b) display the Company’s and/or the Trust’s corporate logo in conjunction with any such reference, subject to the Company’s and the Trust’s approval, as applicable, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.


‑59‑



If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on a counterpart of this Agreement and return it to the Company, whereupon this Agreement shall become a binding agreement between you, the Company and the Trust.

Very truly yours,

RAMCO‑GERSHENSON PROPERTIES, L.P.

By: Ramco‑Gershenson Properties Trust
Its: General Partner


By:    
Name: Gregory R. Andrews
Title: Chief Financial Officer


RAMCO‑GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST


By:    
Name: Gregory R. Andrews
Title: Chief Financial Officer





(Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement)



This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof.

NEW YORK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


By:     
Name:
Title:

NEW YORK LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY CORPORATION

By:
NYL Investors LLC, its Investment Manager


By:     
Name:
Title:

NEW YORK LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY CORPORATION INSTITUTIONALLY OWNED LIFE INSURANCE SEPARATE ACCOUNT (BOLI 30C)

By:
NYL Investors LLC, its Investment Manager


By    
Name:
Title:



(Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement)



DEFINED TERMS
As used herein, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Section hereof following such term:
“Affiliate” means, at any time, and (a) respect to any Person, any other Person that at such time directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person, (b) with respect to the Company, shall include any Person beneficially owning or holding, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of voting or equity interests of the Company or any Subsidiary or any Person of which the Company and its Subsidiaries beneficially own or hold, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of voting or equity interests and (c) with respect to Prudential, shall include any managed account, investment fund or other vehicle for which Prudential or any Prudential Affiliate acts as investment advisor or portfolio manager. As used in this definition, “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to an “Affiliate” is a reference to an Affiliate of the Company.
“Agreement” means this Agreement, including all Schedules attached to this Agreement, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Anti‑Corruption Laws” is defined in Section 5.16(d)(1).
“Anti‑Money Laundering Laws” is defined in Section 5.16(c).
“Blocked Person” is defined in Section 5.16(a).
“Board” see definition of “Change of Control.”
“Building” means with respect to each parcel of Real Estate, all of the buildings, structures and improvements now or hereafter located thereon.
“Business Day” means (a) for the purposes of Section 8.6 only, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York City are required or authorized to be closed, and (b) for the purposes of any other provision of this Agreement, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are required or authorized to be closed.

SCHEDULE B
(to Note Purchase Agreement)



“Capital Expenditure Reserve Amount” means with respect to any Person or property, a reserve for replacements and capital expenditures equal to $.10 per square foot of building space located on all Real Estate owned by such Person, other than Real Estate subject to leases which provide that the tenant is responsible for all building maintenance.
“Capital Improvement Project” means with respect to any Real Estate now or hereafter owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which is utilized principally for shopping centers, capital improvements consisting of rehabilitation, refurbishment, replacement, expansions and improvements (including related amenities) to the existing Buildings on such Real Estate and capital additions, repairs, resurfacing and replacements in the common areas of such Real Estate all of which may be properly capitalized under GAAP.
“Capitalization Rate” means 7.5%.
“Capitalized Lease” means a lease under which a Person is the lessee or obligor, the discounted future rental payment obligations under which are required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee or obligor in accordance with GAAP.
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a)    during any twelve month period on or after the date of this Agreement, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors or Trustees of the Trust (the “Board” ) (together with any new directors whose election by the Board or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Trust was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the members of the Board then in office who either were members of the Board at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the Board then in office;
(b)    any Person or group (as that term is understood under section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act” ) and the rules and regulations thereunder) shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d‑3 under the Exchange Act) of a percentage (based on voting power, in the event different classes of stock shall have different voting powers) of the voting stock of the Trust equal to at least thirty percent (30%);
(c)    the Company or the Trust consolidates with, is acquired by, or mergers into or with any Person (other than a merger permitted by Section 10.2); or

B-2



(d)    except in connection with release of a Subsidiary Guaranty pursuant to Section 9.7(b), the Company fails to own, free of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, at least one hundred percent (100%) of the economic interest in the Voting Interest of a Subsidiary Guarantor.
“CISADA” means the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act.
“Closing” is defined in Section 3.
“Closing Day” is defined in Section 3.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.
“Company” means Ramco‑Gershenson Properties, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership or any successor that becomes such in the manner prescribed in Section 10.2.
“Confidential Information” is defined in Section 20.
“Consolidated” means with reference to any term defined herein, that term as applied to the accounts of a Person and its Subsidiaries, consolidated in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated Operating Cash Flow” means with respect to any period of a Person, an amount equal to the Operating Cash Flow of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period consolidated in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value” means with respect to any Person, the sum of all assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, provided that all Real Estate that is improved and not Under Development shall be valued at an amount equal to (A) the Operating Cash Flow of such Person and Other Affiliates from such Real Estate for the period covered by the four previous consecutive fiscal quarters (treated as a single accounting period) divided by (B) the Capitalization Rate, provided that (i) prior to such time as the Company or any of its Other Affiliates has owned and operated any parcel of Real Estate for four full fiscal quarters, such Real Estate shall be valued at acquisition cost determined in accordance with GAAP, and provided further that (ii)(A) with respect to any Redevelopment Property that has been valued at cost as permitted below and has recommenced operations for less than four full fiscal quarters, the Operating Cash Flow for such Redevelopment Property for the number of full fiscal quarters which the Company or any of its Other Affiliates has recommenced operations as annualized shall be utilized, and (B) the Operating Cash Flow for any Redevelopment Property that has recommenced operations without a full quarter of performance shall be annualized in good faith

B-3



and in any event, consistent with the treatment, if any, under the largest Material Credit Facility of the Company, and (iii) to the extent that the capitalized Operating Cash Flow with respect to any parcel of Real Estate owned by an Unconsolidated Affiliate of such Person is included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value for such Person, such Person’s interest in the Unconsolidated Affiliate shall not be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value for such Person. Real Estate that is Under Development and undeveloped Land shall be valued at its capitalized cost in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may elect to value a Redevelopment Property at cost as determined in accordance with GAAP, as set forth in the first sentence of this definition, for a period of up to twenty‑four (24) months which twenty‑four (24) month period shall commence upon the date which such election is made under the largest Material Credit Facility of the Company or, if not relevant, then the date which Required Holders receive written notice from the Company of such election. The assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be adjusted to reflect the Company’s allocable share of such asset (including the Company’s interest in any Unconsolidated Affiliate whose asset value is determined by application of the capitalization rate above), for the relevant period or as of the date of determination, taking into account (a) the relative proportion of each such item derived from assets directly owned by the Company and from assets owned by its respective Other Affiliates, and (b) the Company’s respective ownership interest in its Other Affiliates.
“Consolidated Total Liabilities” means all liabilities of a Person and its Subsidiaries determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and all Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries, whether or not so classified, including any liabilities arising in connection with sale and leaseback transactions, and shall include such Person’s pro rata share of the foregoing items of its Unconsolidated Affiliates. Consolidated Total Liabilities shall not include (i) Subordinated Debt except to the extent the outstanding principal amount thereof is then in excess of $150,000,000 or (ii) Trust Preferred Equity. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (a) Indebtedness (i) of the Company and its Subsidiaries consisting of environmental indemnities and guarantees with respect to customary exceptions to exculpatory language with respect to Non‑recourse Indebtedness and (ii) of the Company with respect to the TIF Guaranty shall not be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries unless a claim shall have been made against the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company on account of any such guaranty or indemnity, and (b) Indebtedness of the Company, the Trust and their Subsidiaries under completion guarantees shall equal the remaining costs to complete the applicable construction project in excess of construction loan or mezzanine loan proceeds available therefore and any equity deposited or invested for the payment of such costs.
“Consolidated Total Unencumbered Asset Value” means Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value exclusive of (i) any asset subject to a Lien (other than Liens permitted by Section 10.5(a)

B-4



through (e)) and (ii) all investments by the Trust, the Company and all Subsidiaries in unconsolidated joint ventures, unconsolidated limited partnerships, unconsolidated limited liability companies and other unconsolidated entities and Unconsolidated Affiliates to the extent that such investments would have otherwise been included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Unencumbered Asset Value, provided, that for the purposes of Section 10.9, Real Estate shall be included only if such Real Estate constitutes Unencumbered Real Estate.
“Contribution Agreement” means that certain Contribution Agreement dated July 19, 2012, among the Company, the Trust and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
“Controlled Entity” means (i) any of the Subsidiaries of the Company or the Trust and any of their or the Company’s or the Trust’s respective Controlled Affiliates and (ii) if the Company has a parent company, such parent company and its Controlled Affiliates. As used in this definition, “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
“Debt Service” means for any period, the sum of all interest, including capitalized interest not paid in cash, bond related expenses, and mandatory principal/sinking fund payments due and payable during such period excluding any balloon payments due upon maturity of any Indebtedness. Any of the foregoing payable with respect to Subordinated Debt shall be included in the calculation of Debt Service.
“Default” means an event or condition the occurrence or existence of which would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, become an Event of Default.
“Default Rate” (a) means with respect to the Notes, that rate of interest that is the greater of (i) coupon plus 2.00% per annum above the rate of interest stated in clause (a) of the first paragraph of the Notes or (ii) 2.00% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Deutsche Bank N.A. in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.
“Disclosure Documents” is defined in Section 5.3.
“Distribution” means with respect to any Person, the declaration or payment of any cash, cash flow, dividend or distribution on or in respect of any shares of any class of capital stock, partnership interest, membership interest or other beneficial interest of such Person other than that portion of any dividends or distributions payable in equity securities of such Person; the purchase, redemption, exchange or other retirement of any shares of any class of capital stock, partnership interest, membership interest or other beneficial interest of such Person, directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary of such Person or otherwise; the return of capital by such Person to its shareholders,

B-5



partners, members or other owners as such, or any other distribution on or in respect of any shares of any class of capital stock or other beneficial interest of such Person.
“Dollars” or “$” means lawful money of the United States of America.
“Electronic Delivery” is defined in Section 7.1(a).
“Environmental Laws” means any and all federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including but not limited to those related to Hazardous Materials.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.
“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is treated as a single employer together with the Company or the Trust, as applicable, under section 414 of the Code.
“Event of Default” is defined in Section 11.
“Execution Date” is defined in Section 3.
“Fixed Charges” means with respect to the Trust and its Subsidiaries for any fiscal period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Debt Service of the Trust and its Subsidiaries, plus (b) the Preferred Distributions of the Trust and its Subsidiaries, all determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
“Form 10‑K” is defined in Section 7.1(b).
“Form 10‑Q” is defined in Section 7.1(a).
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States of America. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of the financial calculations hereunder, any amount otherwise included therein from a mark‑up or mark‑down of a derivative product of a Person shall be excluded.
“Governmental Authority” means
(a)    the government of

B-6



(i)    the United States of America or any state or other political subdivision thereof, or
(ii)    any other jurisdiction in which the Company or any Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Company or any Subsidiary, or
(b)    any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.
“Governmental Official” means any governmental official or employee, employee of any government‑owned or government‑controlled entity, political party, any official of a political party, candidate for political office, official of any public international organization or anyone else acting in an official capacity.
“Ground Lease” means a ground lease which is not subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust or security deed as to which no default or event of default has occurred and containing the following terms and conditions: (a) a remaining term (exclusive of any unexercised extension options) of forty (40) years or more than the date hereof; (b) the right of the lessee to mortgage and encumber its interest in the leased property without the consent of the lessor; (c) the obligation of the lessor to give the holder of any mortgage lien on such leased property written notice of any defaults on the part of the lessee and agreement of such lessor that such lease will not be terminated until such holder has had a reasonable opportunity to cure or complete foreclosure, and fails to do so; (d) reasonable transferability of the lessee’s interest under such lease, including the ability to sublease; and (e) such other rights customarily required by mortgagees making a loan secured by the interest of the holder of the leasehold estate demised pursuant to a ground lease.
“Guarantors” means the Trust and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
“Guaranty” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation (except the endorsement in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) of such Person guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any indebtedness, dividend or other obligation of any other Person in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including (without limitation) obligations incurred through an agreement, contingent or otherwise, by such Person:
(a)    to purchase such indebtedness or obligation or any property constituting security therefor;
(b)    to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of such indebtedness or obligation, or (ii) to maintain any working capital or other balance sheet

B-7



condition or any income statement condition of any other Person or otherwise to advance or make available funds for the purchase or payment of such indebtedness or obligation;
(c)    to lease properties or to purchase properties or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of such indebtedness or obligation of the ability of any other Person to make payment of the indebtedness or obligation; or
(d)    otherwise to assure the owner of such indebtedness or obligation against loss in respect thereof.
In any computation of the indebtedness or other liabilities of the obligor under any Guaranty, the indebtedness or other obligations that are the subject of such Guaranty shall be assumed to be direct obligations of such obligor.
“Hazardous Materials” means any and all pollutants, toxic or hazardous wastes or other substances that might pose a hazard to health and safety, the removal of which may be required or the generation, manufacture, refining, production, processing, treatment, storage, handling, transportation, transfer, use, disposal, release, discharge, spillage, seepage or filtration of which is or shall be restricted, prohibited or penalized by any applicable law including, but not limited to, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum, petroleum products, lead based paint, radon gas or similar restricted, prohibited or penalized substances.
“holder” means, with respect to any Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 13.1, provided, however, that if such Person is a nominee, then for the purposes of Sections 7, 12, 17.2 and 18 and any related definitions in this Schedule B, “holder” shall mean the beneficial owner of such Note whose name and address appears in such register.
“INHAM Exemption” is defined in Section 6.2(e).
“Indebtedness” with respect to any Person means, at any time, all obligations, contingent and otherwise, that in accordance with GAAP should be classified upon the obligor’s balance sheet as liabilities, or to which reference should be made by footnotes thereto, excluding intangible lease liabilities, but without any double counting, including in any event and whether or not so classified:
(a)    all debt and similar monetary obligations, whether direct or indirect (including, without limitation, any obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar debt instructions);

B-8



(b)    all liabilities secured by any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, charge or other encumbrance existing on property owned or acquired subject thereto, whether or not the liability secured thereby shall have been assumed;
(c)    all guarantees, endorsements and other contingent obligations whether direct or indirect in respect of any indebtedness of others including any obligation to supply funds or in any manner invest directly or indirectly in a Person, to purchase indebtedness, or to assure the owner of indebtedness against loss through an agreement to purchase goods, supplies or services for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of the indebtedness held by such owner or otherwise;
(d)    any obligation as a lessee or obligor under a Capitalized Lease;
(e)    all subordinated debt, including, without limitation, Subordinated Debt (but excluding Preferred Equity);
(f)    all obligations to purchase under agreements to acquire (but excluding agreements which provide the seller’s remedies thereunder are limited to market liquidated damages in the event the purchaser defaults thereunder), or otherwise to contribute money with respect to, properties under “development”; and
(g)    all obligations, contingent or deferred or otherwise, of any Person, including without limitation, any such obligations as an account party under acceptance, letter of credit or similar facilities including, without limitation, obligations to reimburse the issuer in respect of a letter of credit except for contingent obligations (but excluding any guarantees or similar obligations) that are not material and are incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition or obtaining commitments for financing for Real Estate.
“Institutional Investor” means (a) any Purchaser of a Note, (b) any holder of a Note holding (together with one or more of its affiliates) more than 5.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, (c) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form, and (d) any Related Fund of any holder of any Note.
“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all shares of capital stock, evidence of Indebtedness and other securities issued by any other person, all loans, advances, or extensions of credit to, or contribution to the capital of, any other Person, all purchases of the securities or business or integral part of the business or any other Person and commitments and options to make such purchases, all interests in real property, and all other investments, provided, however, that the term

B-9



“Investment” shall not include (i) equipment, inventory and other tangible personal property acquired in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) current trade and customer accounts receivable for services in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary trade terms. In determining the aggregate amount of Investments outstanding at any particular time: (a) the amount of any Investment represented as guaranty shall be taken at not less than the principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still outstanding; (b) there shall be included as an Investment all interest accrued with respect to Indebtedness constituting an Investment unless and until such interest is paid; (c) there shall be deducted in respect of each such Investment any amount received as return of capital (but only by repurchase, redemption, retirement, repayment, liquidating dividend or liquidating distribution); (d) there shall not be deducted in respect of any Investment any amounts received as earnings on such Investment, whether as dividends, interest or otherwise, except that accrued interest included as provided in the foregoing clause (b) may be deducted when paid; and (e) there shall not be deducted from the aggregate amount of Investments any decrease in the value thereof.
“Issuance Fee” is defined in Section 2.2(b).
“Leases” means Leases, licenses and agreements whether written or oral, relating to the use or occupation of space in or on any Building or on any Real Estate by persons other than the Company.
“Lien” means, with respect to any Person, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or other encumbrance, or any interest or title of any vendor, lessor, lender or other secured party to or of such Person under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or Capitalized Lease, upon or with respect to any property or asset of such Person (including in the case of stock, stockholder agreements, voting trust agreements and all similar arrangements).
“Make‑Whole Amount” is defined in Section 8.6.
“Material” means material in relation to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets, properties, or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Trust, the Company and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Company or the Trust to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Notes, (c) the ability of any Subsidiary Guarantor to perform its obligations under its Subsidiary Guaranty, or (d) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty.
“Material Credit Facility” means, as to the Company and its Subsidiaries,

B-10



(a)    the Third Amended and Restated Unsecured Master Loan Agreement dated as of July 19, 2012 among the Company, the Trust, KeyBank National Association, as a bank and as agent, the other banks which are a party thereto, the other banks which may become parties to thereto, KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., as sole lead manager and arranger, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A. as co‑syndication agents and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association, as co‑documentation agents, including any renewals, extensions, amendments, supplements, restatements, replacements or refinancing thereof;
(b)    the Note Purchase Agreement dated June 27, 2013 among the Company, the Trust and each of the “Purchasers” listed on Schedule A attached thereto, including any renewals, extensions, amendments, supplements, restatements, replacements or refinancing thereof;
(c)    the Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement dated as of May 28, 2014, among the Company, the Trust and each of the “Purchasers” listed in Schedule A thereto, including any renewals, extensions, amendments, supplements, restatements, replacements or refinancing thereof; and
(d)    any other agreement(s) creating or evidencing indebtedness for borrowed money entered into on or after the date of Closing by the Company or any Subsidiary, or in respect of which the Company or any Subsidiary is an obligor or otherwise provides a guarantee or other credit support ( “Credit Facility” ), in a principal amount outstanding or available for borrowing equal to or greater than $35,000,000 (or the equivalent of such amount in the relevant currency of payment, determined as of the date of the closing of such facility based on the exchange rate of such other currency) excluding, in each case, Non‑recourse Indebtedness; and if no Credit Facility or Credit Facilities equal or exceed such amounts, then the largest Credit Facility shall be deemed to be a Material Credit Facility.
“Maturity Date” is defined in the first paragraph of each Note.
“Multiemployer Plan” means any Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” (as such term is defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).
“NAIC” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor thereto.
“Net Income (or Deficit)” means with respect to any Person (or any asset of any Person) for any fiscal period, the net income (or deficit) of such Person (or attributable to such asset), after deduction of all expenses, taxes and other proper charges, determined in accordance with GAAP.

B-11



“Net Rentable Area” means with respect to any Real Estate, the floor area of any buildings, structures or improvements available (or to be available upon completion) for leasing to tenants determined in accordance with the rent roll for such Real Estate, the manner of such determination to be consistent for all Real Estate unless otherwise approved by the Required Holders.
“Non‑recourse Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person which is secured by a Lien, which Lien is solely on one or more parcels of Real Estate and related personal property and is not a general obligation of such Person, the holder of such Indebtedness having recourse solely to the parcels of Real Estate securing such Indebtedness, the Building and any leases thereon and the rents and profits thereof (excluding recourse arising solely as a result of commercially standard exceptions provided, that in no event shall any Indebtedness be included as Non‑recourse Indebtedness hereunder unless such Indebtedness constitutes Non‑recourse Indebtedness under each Material Credit Facility).
“Notes” is defined in Section 1.
“Obligations” means all indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the Company and the Guarantors to any of the holders of the Notes, individually or collectively, under this Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranties, the Notes or any other instruments at any time evidencing any of the foregoing, whether existing on the date of this Agreement or arising or incurred hereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise.
“OFAC” is defined in Section 5.16(a).
“OFAC Listed Person” is defined in Section 5.16(a).
“OFAC Sanctions Program” means any economic or trade sanction that OFAC is responsible for administering and enforcing. A list of OFAC Sanctions Programs may be found at http://www.treasury.gov/resource‑center/sanctions/Programs/Pages/Programs.aspx.
“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.
“Operating Cash Flow” means with respect to any Person (or any asset of any Person) for any period, for the four most recently completed consecutive fiscal quarters of such Person an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Net Income of such Person (or attributable to such asset) for such period (excluding from Net Income any base rents from tenants leasing 10,000 square feet or more (i) that are subject to any bankruptcy proceeding and that have not affirmed or assumed their respective lease or other occupancy agreement or (ii) as to which a payment default has occurred

B-12



under the applicable Lease for sixty (60) days or more beyond any applicable grace and cure period) plus (b) depreciation and amortization, interest expense, and any extraordinary or nonrecurring losses deducted in calculating such Net Income, minus (c) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gains included in calculating such Net Income, minus (d) the Capital Expenditure Reserve Amount, minus (e) to the extent not already deducted in calculating Net Income, a management fee of 3% of minimum rents attributable to any Real Estate of such Person, all as determined in accordance with GAAP, minus (f) any lease termination payments not received in the ordinary course of business. Payments from the Company or its Affiliates under leases shall be excluded from Operating Cash Flow.
“Other Affiliates” means Subsidiaries and Unconsolidated Affiliates of the Company or the Trust that are engaged in the ownership of Real Estate or development activity.
“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA or any successor thereto.
“Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, business entity or Governmental Authority.
“Plan” means an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA that is or, within the preceding five years, has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding five years, have been made or required to be made, by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.
“Preferred Distributions” means for any period, the amount of any and all Distributions (but excluding any repurchase of Preferred Equity) paid, declared but not yet paid or otherwise due and payable to the holders of Preferred Equity.
“Preferred Equity” means any form of preferred stock or partnership interest (whether perpetual, convertible or otherwise) or other ownership or beneficial interest in the Trust or any Subsidiary of the Trust (including any Trust Preferred Equity) that entitles the holders thereof to preferential payment or distribution priority with respect to dividends, distributions, assets or other payments over the holders of any other stock, partnership interest or other ownership or beneficial interest in such Person.
“Preferred Stock” means any class of capital stock of a Person that is preferred over any other class of capital stock (or similar equity interests) of such Person as to the payment of dividends or the payment of any amount upon liquidation or dissolution of such Person.

B-13



“property” or “properties” means, unless otherwise specifically limited, real or personal property of any kind, tangible or intangible, choate or inchoate.
“PTE” is defined in Section 6.2(a).
“Purchaser” and “Purchasers” is defined in the addressee line to this Agreement.
“Qualified Institutional Buyer” means any Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of such term as set forth in Rule 144A(a)(1) under the Securities Act.
“Quotation” is defined in Section 2.2(d).
“QPAM Exemption” is defined in Section 6.2(e).
“Real Estate” means all real property at any time owned or leased (as lessee or sublessee) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
“Recourse Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness (whether secured or unsecured) that is recourse to the Company or the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Non‑recourse Indebtedness). Guaranties with respect to customary exceptions to Non‑recourse Indebtedness of the Company’s Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates shall not be deemed to be Recourse Indebtedness; provided that if a claim is made against the Company or the Trust with respect thereto, the amount so claimed shall be considered Recourse Indebtedness.
“Redevelopment Property” means any Real Estate which is not Under Development and (1) is undergoing a significant Capital Improvement Project and (2) is designated as a Redevelopment Property by the Company.
“Related Fund” means, with respect to any holder of any Note, any fund or entity that (i) invests in Securities or bank loans, and (ii) is advised or managed by such holder, the same investment advisor as such holder or by an affiliate of such holder or such investment advisor.
“Required Holders” means at any time (i) prior to the Closing, the Purchasers and (ii) on or after the Closing, the holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates).
“Responsible Officer” means any Senior Financial Officer (in relation to the Trust) and any other chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Company with responsibility for the administration of the relevant portion of this Agreement.

B-14



“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States, or any successor thereto.
“Secured Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person that is pursuant to a Capitalized Lease or is directly or indirectly secured by a Lien.
“Secured Recourse Indebtedness” means Secured Indebtedness of a Person that is also Recourse Indebtedness.
“Securities” or “Security” shall have the meaning specified in section 2(1) of the Securities Act.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.
“Senior Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Trust, as applicable.
“Series A Notes” is defined in Section 1.
“Series B Notes” is defined in Section 1.
“Source” is defined in Section 6.2.
“Structuring Fee” is defined in Section 2.2(a).
“Subordinated Debt” means the aggregate principal amount of all subordinated debt which is not Trust Preferred Equity issued by the Trust or the Company (or a subsidiary trust created to issue such subordinated debt) (a) which has a minimum remaining term of not less than five (5) years, (b) which is unsecured and which is not guaranteed by any other Person, (c) which imposes no financial tests or covenants or negative covenants of the type set forth in this Agreement or in the Subsidiary Guaranties (or other covenants, representations or defaults which have the same practical effect thereof) on the Trust, the Company or their respective Subsidiaries other than those approved by the Required Holders, and (d) pursuant to which all claims and liabilities of the Trust, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries with respect to the principal and any premium and interest thereon are subordinate to the payment of the principal, and any premium and interest thereon of the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries under this Agreement and other Indebtedness which by its terms is not subordinate to or pari passu with such Subordinated Debt on terms acceptable to the Required Holders, and as to which subordination provisions the holders of the Notes shall be third party beneficiaries.

B-15



“Subsidiary” means, as to any Person, any other Person in which such first Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or such first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries owns sufficient equity or voting interests to enable it or them (as a group) ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, to elect a majority of the directors (or Persons performing similar functions) of such second Person, and any partnership or joint venture if more than a 50% interest in the profits or capital thereof is owned by such first Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or such first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries (unless such partnership or joint venture can and does ordinarily take major business actions without the prior approval of such Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries). Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to a “Subsidiary” is a reference to a Subsidiary of the Company.
“Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Subsidiary that has executed and delivered a Subsidiary Guaranty.
“Subsidiary Guaranty” is defined in Section 9.7(a)(i).
“Substitute Purchaser” is defined in Section 21.
“SVO” means the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC or any successor to such Office.
“Swap Contract” means (a) any and all interest rate swap transactions, basis swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, currency options, spot contracts or any other similar transactions or any of the foregoing (including, but without limitation, any options to enter into any of the foregoing), and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement.
“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amounts(s) determined as the mark‑to‑market values(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid‑market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts.

B-16



“TIF Guaranty” means that certain Guaranty dated as of March 11, 2005 made by the Company and the Trust in favor of the City of Jacksonville relating to the development by Ramco Jacksonville LLC.
“Trust” means Ramco‑Gershenson Properties Trust, a Maryland real estate investment fund.
“Trust Preferred Equity” means any preferred equity interest (and related note) issued by the Trust (or a subsidiary trust created to issue such securities) (a) which has a minimum remaining term of not less than five (5) years (b) which is unsecured and which is not guaranteed by any other Person, (c) which imposes no financial or negative covenants (or other covenants, representations or defaults which have the same practical effect thereof) on the Trust, the Company or their respective Subsidiaries, (d) pursuant to which all claims and liabilities of the Trust, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries with respect thereto are subordinate to the payment of the Obligations of the Company, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries on terms acceptable to the Required Holders, and as to which subordination provisions the holders of the Notes shall be third‑party beneficiaries and (e) which provides that, upon the non‑payment of the note and any dividends or other distributions that are required to be paid or made with respect thereto, the only available remedies to the holders thereof or any trustee or agent acting on their behalf are (x) the assumption of one or more seats on the Board of the Trust and/or (y) the blockage of (A) payments of any dividends or other distributions to the holders of the common shares of the Trust or other securities ranking on a parity with or subordinate to such Trust Preferred Equity, or (B) payments of amounts in redemption of or to repurchase common shares of the Trust or other securities ranking on a parity with or subordinate to such Trust Preferred Equity.
“Unconsolidated Affiliates” means as to any Person, any other Person in which it owns an interest which is not a Subsidiary.
“Under Development” means any Real Estate or phase of a development shall be considered under development until such time as (i) certificates of occupancy permitting occupancy have been obtained for all tenants open for business and in any event for not less than fifty percent (50%) of the gross leasable area of such development or phase (excluding outlots) (it being agreed that the Company shall receive a credit against such occupancy requirement for any space to be occupied by an anchor that has been conveyed to such anchor) and (ii) the gross income from the operation of such Real Estate or phase on an accrual basis shall have equaled or exceeded operating costs on an accrual basis for three (3) months.
“Unencumbered Real Estate” means Real Estate not subject to a Lien (other than Liens permitted by Sections 10.5(a) through (e)) which at all times satisfies the following conditions:

B-17



(a)    each of the Unencumbered Real Estate shall be owned 100% in fee simple or leased under a Ground Lease by the Company or, subject to the terms of this Agreement, a Subsidiary Guarantor, free and clear of all Liens other than the Liens permitted in Section 10.5(b) and (e) and such Unencumbered Real Estate does not have applicable to it any restriction on the pledge, transfer, mortgage or assignment of such property (including any restrictions contained in any applicable organizational documents). If such Unencumbered Real Estate is owned or leased by a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall not be a borrower or guarantor with respect to any Secured Indebtedness;
(b)    each of the Unencumbered Real Estate shall consist solely of Real Estate (A) which is located within the contiguous 48 states of the continental United States, (B) which is utilized principally for a shopping center or a retail facility or a use ancillary thereto (including, with respect to Company’s Aquia development only, an office component) and is consistent with Company’s business strategy on the date of this Agreement, (C) which contains improvements that are in operating condition and available for occupancy, and (D) except with respect to properties temporarily removed from the occupancy calculation pursuant to subsection (e) herein, with respect to which valid certificates of occupancy or the equivalent for all buildings thereon have been issued and are in full force and effect;
(c)    no Person other than Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor has any direct or indirect ownership of any equity interest or other Voting Interest in such Subsidiary Guarantor if such Unencumbered Real Estate is owned or leased under a Ground Lease by a Subsidiary Guarantor (it being understood that no such Person shall be deemed to have any such ownership interest for purposes of this provision solely by virtue of owning any equity interest in the Trust or owning any limited partnership interest in the Company, and if such Unencumbered Real Estate is owned (or leased) by a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Company’s direct and indirect interest in such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be free and clear of all Liens);
(d)    the number of properties included within the Unencumbered Real Estate shall not be less than ten (10) and shall provide Consolidated Total Unencumbered Asset Value of not less than $333,333,333;
(e)    the Unencumbered Real Estate shall consist solely of Real Estate which has (A) an aggregate occupancy level of tenants (excluding the Company or any of its Affiliates) in possession (but not any tenant having under lease 25,000 square feet or more on a holdover or month‑to‑month basis), operating, paying rent and which are not otherwise in default of at least eighty percent (80%) of the Net Rentable Area within such Unencumbered Real

B-18



Estate for the previous fiscal quarter of the Company based on bona fide arm’s‑length tenant leases requiring current rental payments and which are in full force and effect ( provided, however, with respect to the calculations set forth in this subsection (e)(A) the Net Rentable Area for any tenants which have more than 10,000 square feet under lease and which have vacated their space shall be excluded from the total Net Rentable Area of the applicable Unencumbered Real Estate when making such calculation), and (B) an aggregate occupancy level of tenants (excluding the Company or any of its Affiliates) under leases in such Unencumbered Real Estate (but not any tenant having under lease 25,000 square feet or more on a holdover or month‑to‑month basis) which are paying rent and which are not in default of at least eighty‑five percent (85%) of the Net Rentable Area within such Unencumbered Real Estate for the previous fiscal quarter of the Company based on bona fide arm’s‑length tenant leases requiring current rental payments and which are in full force and effect;
(f)    no more than six percent (6%) of the Consolidated Total Unencumbered Asset Value of the Unencumbered Real Estate shall be properties leased by Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor as the lessee or tenant under a Ground Lease; and
(g)    other than with respect to the Unencumbered Real Estate commonly known as Tel‑Twelve located in Southfield, Michigan, no Unencumbered Real Estate shall contribute more than six percent (6%) of the Consolidated Total Unencumbered Asset Value of all of the Unencumbered Real Estate.
“Unsecured Indebtedness” means as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the Indebtedness of the Company, the Trust and/or their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable, outstanding at any time which is not Secured Indebtedness plus (b) the amount by which the portion of the aggregate Secured Recourse Indebtedness of the Company, the Trust and/or their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable, exceeds the lesser of (i) $150,000,000.00 and (ii) ten percent (10%) of Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value. For the purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent obligation of the type described in clause (c) of the definition of “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder), as determined by the Company in good faith and reasonably approved by the Required Holders. Guaranties with respect to customary exceptions to Non‑recourse Indebtedness of the Company’s Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates shall not be deemed to be Unsecured Indebtedness, provided that if a claim is made against the Company or the Trust with respect thereto, the amount so claimed shall be considered Unsecured Indebtedness. Unsecured Indebtedness shall not include Subordinated Debt or accounts payable paid in the ordinary course of business.

B-19



“USA PATRIOT Act” means United States Public Law 107‑56, Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.
“U.S. Economic Sanctions” is defined in Section 5.16(a).
“Voting Interest” means stock or similar ownership interest, of any class or classes (however designated), the holders of which are at the time entitled, as such holders, (a) to vote for the election of a majority of the directors (or persons performing similar functions) of the corporation, association, partnership, trust or other business entity involved, or (b) to control, manage, or conduct the business of the corporation, partnership, association, trust or other business entity involved.
“Wholly‑Owned Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Subsidiary one hundred percent of all of the equity interests (except directors’ qualifying shares) and voting interests of which are owned by any one or more of the Company and the Company’s other Wholly‑Owned Subsidiaries at such time.


B-20
Exhibit 10.2

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED UNSECURED MASTER LOAN AGREEMENT AND OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS
THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED UNSECURED MASTER LOAN AGREEMENT AND OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (the “Amendment”) made as of this 10 th day of October, 2014, by and among RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES, L.P. , a Delaware limited partnership (“Borrower”), RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST , a Maryland real estate investment trust (“Trust”), RAMCO GAINES LLC , a Michigan limited liability company (“Gaines”), RAMCO GATEWAY LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, RAMCO PARKWAY LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“Parkway”), RAMCO VIRGINIA PROPERTIES, L.L.C. , a Michigan limited liability company (“Virginia”; Trust, Gaines, Gateway, Parkway and Virginia are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Guarantors”), KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association (“KeyBank”), the other lending institutions a party to the Loan Agreement described below (together with KeyBank, the “Banks”), and KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association, as Administrative Agent for the Banks (the “Agent”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS , Borrower, Trust, Agent, and certain other Banks entered into that certain Third Amended and Restated Unsecured Master Loan Agreement dated as of July 19, 2012, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Unsecured Master Loan Agreement dated March 29, 2013, that certain Second Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Unsecured Master Loan Agreement dated June 26, 2013, and that certain Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Unsecured Master Loan Agreement dated August 27, 2013 (as amended, the “Loan Agreement”);
WHEREAS , Guarantors executed and delivered to Agent and the Banks that certain Third Amended and Restated Unconditional Guaranty of Payment and Performance dated as of July 19, 2012 (as the same may be varied, extended, supplemented, consolidated, amended, replaced, renewed, modified or restated, the “Guaranty”);
WHEREAS, Borrower and Guarantors have requested that the Agent and the Banks make certain modifications to the Loan Agreement and the Guaranty; and
WHEREAS , the Agent and the Banks have agreed to make such modifications subject to the execution and delivery by Borrower and Guarantors of this Amendment.
NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the sum of TEN and NO/100 DOLLARS ($10.00), and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
1. Definitions . All the terms used herein which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Loan Agreement.


ATLANTA 5588745.6


2.      Modification of the Loan Agreement . Borrower, Agent and the Banks hereby modify and amend the Loan Agreement as follows:
(a)      The definitions of “Applicable Margin”, “Capitalization Rate”, “Credit Rating” “Credit Rating Level”, “Letter of Credit Sublimit”, “Obligations”, “Required Banks”, “Revolving Credit Maturity Date”, “Subsidiary Guarantor”, “Swing Line Sublimit”, “Total Commitment”, “Total Revolving Credit Commitment”, and “Unsecured Indebtedness” in §1.1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety and the following inserted in lieu thereof:
Applicable Margin . (a) On any date prior to such time as the Agent first receives written notice from Trust of an Investment Grade Rating Event and that Borrower irrevocably elects to have the Applicable Margin determined based upon the Credit Rating Levels set forth in subpart (b) of this definition, the applicable margin set forth below based on the ratio of the Consolidated Total Liabilities of the Borrower to the Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value of the Borrower (expressed as a percentage):
 
Revolving Credit Loans
Ratio
Base Rate Loans
LIBOR Rate Loans
Pricing Level 1
Less than or equal to 45%
0.35%
1.35%
Pricing Level 2
Greater than 45%, but less than or equal to 50%
0.50%
1.50%
Pricing Level 3
Greater than 50% but less than or equal to 55%
0.65%
1.65%
Pricing Level 4
Greater than 55%
0.95%
1.95%

The initial Applicable Margin as of October 10, 2014 shall be at Pricing Level 1. The Applicable Margin determined pursuant to this subpart (a) shall be adjusted based upon such ratio, if at all, on the first day of the first month following the delivery by the Borrower to the Agent of the Compliance Certificate at the end of each fiscal quarter. In the event that Borrower shall fail to deliver to the Agent a quarterly Compliance Certificate on or before the date required by §7.4(e), then without limiting any other rights of the Agent and the Banks under this Agreement, the Applicable Margin determined pursuant to this subpart (a) shall be at Pricing Level 4 until such failure is cured within any applicable cure period.
(b)    From and after the time that Agent first receives written notice from Trust or Borrower of an Investment Grade Rating Event and that Borrower irrevocably elects to have the Applicable Margin determined based upon the Credit Rating Levels set forth in subpart (b) of this definition, “ Applicable Margin ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, a percentage per annum determined by reference to the Credit Rating Level as set forth below (provided that any accrued interest payable at the Applicable Margin

2
ATLANTA 5588745.6


determined above in subpart (a) of this definition shall be payable as provided in §2.4):
 
 
Revolving Credit Loans
Pricing  
Level
Credit Rating Level
Base Rate  
Loans
LIBOR Rate  
Loans
1
Credit Rating Level 1
0.00%
0.875%
2
Credit Rating Level 2
0.00%
0.925%
3
Credit Rating Level 3
0.05%
1.05%
4
Credit Rating Level 4
0.30%
1.30%
5
Credit Rating Level 5
0.70%
1.70%

The Applicable Margin determined pursuant to this subpart (b) for the Base Rate Loans shall be determined by reference to the Credit Rating Level in effect from time to time, and the Applicable Margin determined pursuant to this subpart (b) for any Interest Period for the LIBOR Rate Loans having such Interest Period shall be determined by reference to the Credit Rating Level in effect on the first day of such Interest Period; provided , however that no change in the Applicable Margin resulting from the application of the Credit Rating Levels or a change in the Credit Rating Level shall be effective until three Business Days after the date on which the Agent receives written notice of the application of the Credit Rating Levels or a change in such Credit Rating Level. From and after the first time that the Applicable Margin is based on Trust’s Investment Grade Rating, the Applicable Margin shall only be calculated by reference to the pricing levels for the Credit Rating Levels set forth above.
Capitalization Rate . Seven percent (7.00%).
Credit Rating . As of any date of determination, the higher of the credit ratings (or their equivalents) then assigned to Trust’s long-term senior unsecured non-credit enhanced debt by any of the Rating Agencies. A credit rating of BBB- from S&P or Fitch is equivalent to a credit rating of Baa3 from Moody’s and vice versa. A credit rating of BBB from S&P or Fitch is equivalent to a credit rating of Baa2 from Moody’s and vice versa. It is the intention of the parties that if Trust shall only obtain a credit rating from S&P or Moody’s without seeking a credit rating from the other Rating Agencies, the Borrower shall be entitled to the benefit of the Credit Rating Level for such credit rating. If Trust shall have obtained a credit rating from at least two of the Rating Agencies, the highest of the obtained ratings shall control, provided that the next highest rating is only one level below that of the highest rating. If the next highest rating is more than one level below that of the highest credit rating, the operative rating would be deemed to be one rating level higher than the lower of the two ratings. In the event that Trust shall have obtained

3
ATLANTA 5588745.6


a credit rating from any of the Rating Agencies and shall thereafter not have ratings from either S&P or Moody’s (whether as a result of a withdrawal, suspension, election to not obtain a rating, or otherwise) such that Trust does not have a credit rating from either S&P or Moody’s, the Trust shall be deemed for the purposes hereof not to have a credit rating. If at any time any of the Rating Agencies shall no longer perform the functions of a securities rating agency, then the Borrower and the Agent shall promptly negotiate in good faith to agree upon a substitute rating agency or agencies (and to correlate the system of ratings of each substitute rating agency with that of the rating agency being replaced), and pending such amendment, the Credit Rating of the other of the Rating Agencies, if one has been provided, shall continue to apply.
Credit Rating Level . One of the following five pricing levels, as applicable, and provided, further, that, from and after the time that Agent receives written notice of an Investment Grade Rating Event, during any period that the Trust has no Credit Rating, Credit Rating Level 5 shall be the applicable Credit Rating Level:
“Credit Rating Level 1” means the Credit Rating Level which would be applicable for so long as the Credit Rating is greater than or equal to A- by S&P or Fitch, or A3 by Moody’s;
“Credit Rating Level 2” means the Credit Rating Level which would be applicable for so long as the Credit Rating is greater than or equal to BBB+ by S&P or Fitch, or Baa1 by Moody’s and Credit Rating Level 1 is not applicable;
“Credit Rating Level 3” means the Credit Rating Level which would be applicable for so long as the Credit Rating is greater than or equal to BBB by S&P or Fitch, or Baa2 by Moody’s and Credit Rating Levels 1 and 2 are not applicable;
“Credit Rating Level 4” means the Credit Rating Level which would be applicable for so long as the Credit Rating is greater than or equal to BBB- by S&P or Fitch, or Baa3 by Moody’s and Credit Rating Levels 1, 2 and 3 are not applicable; and
“Credit Rating Level 5” means the Credit Rating Level which would be applicable for so long as the Credit Rating is less than BBB- by S&P or Fitch, or Baa3 by Moody’s or there is no Credit Rating.
Letter of Credit Sublimit . An amount equal to $35,000,000.00, as such amount may increase as provided in §2.9 or may reduce as provided in §2.7.
Obligations . All indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the Borrower and the Guarantors to any of the Banks and the Agent, individually or

4
ATLANTA 5588745.6


collectively, under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in respect of any of the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Notes, or other instruments at any time evidencing any of the foregoing, whether existing on the date of this Agreement or arising or incurred hereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise. All Obligations shall be superior, in right of payment and otherwise, to the Subordinated Debt and Trust Preferred Equity.
Required Banks . As of any date, any Bank or collection of Banks whose aggregate Commitment Percentage is greater than fifty percent (50%); provided that in determining said percentage at any given time, all then existing Defaulting Banks will be disregarded and excluded and the Commitment Percentages of the Banks shall be redetermined for voting purposes only to exclude the Commitment Percentages of such Defaulting Banks.
Revolving Credit Maturity Date . October 10, 2018, as such date may be extended as provided in §4.15, or such earlier date on which the Loans shall become due and payable pursuant to the terms hereof.
Subsidiary Guarantor . Each Subsidiary of Borrower or the Trust which is or becomes a Guarantor pursuant to §5.2.
Swing Line Sublimit . An amount equal to $47,500,000.00, as such amount may increase as provided in §2.10 or may reduce as provided in §2.7. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Total Revolving Credit Commitments.
Total Commitment . The sum of the Commitments of the Banks, as in effect from time to time. As of October 10, 2014, the Total Commitment is Three Hundred Fifty Million and No/100 Dollars ($350,000,000.00). The Total Commitment may increase in accordance with §2.8.
Total Revolving Credit Commitment . The sum of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Revolving Credit Banks, as in effect from time to time. As of October 10, 2014, the Total Revolving Credit Commitment is Three Hundred Fifty Million and No/100 Dollars ($350,000,000.00). The Total Revolving Credit Commitment may increase in accordance with §2.8.
Total Term Loan Commitment . The Total Term Loan Commitment is zero.
Unsecured Indebtedness . As of any date of determination, the Indebtedness of the Borrower, the Trust and their respective Subsidiaries outstanding at any time which is not Secured Indebtedness. Unsecured Indebtedness shall not include Subordinated Debt, lease intangible liabilities, tenant security deposits or accounts payable. Guarantees with respect to customary exceptions to Non-recourse Indebtedness of Borrower’s Subsidiaries or

5
ATLANTA 5588745.6


Unconsolidated Affiliates shall not be deemed to be Unsecured Indebtedness; provided that if a claim is made against Borrower or the Trust with respect thereto, the amount so claimed shall be considered Unsecured Indebtedness.”
(b)      The definitions of “Borrowing Base Availability”, “Debt Service Coverage Amount”, and “Variable Rate Debt” appearing in §1.1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety.
(c)      The following new definitions are hereby added to §1.1 of the Loan Agreement in the appropriate alphabetical order:
Borrowing Base Subsidiary . As defined in §7.19(a)(i). A Borrowing Base Subsidiary may be a Subsidiary Guarantor.
Excluded Subsidiary . Any Subsidiary of the Borrower which is prohibited from guaranteeing the Indebtedness of any other Person pursuant to (i) any document, instrument or agreement evidencing Secured Indebtedness of such Subsidiary or (ii) a provision of such Subsidiary’s organizational documents, included as a condition to the extension of such Secured Indebtedness.
Investment Grade Rating Event . When the Trust has first obtained an Investment Grade Rating from either S&P or Moody’s.
Unsecured Interest Coverage Ratio . As of any date of determination, the Operating Cash Flow from Eligible Real Estate included in the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties divided by the Unsecured Interest Expense for such period, expressed as a percentage.
Unsecured Interest Expense . As of any date of determination the greater of (i) the sum of all interest, including capitalized interest not paid in cash and bond related expenses, accrued with respect to Unsecured Indebtedness for the previous four (4) fiscal quarters and (ii) an amount equal to the product of Unsecured Indebtedness and 6%.”
(d)      Subsection (d) of the definition of “Change of Control” appearing in §1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting said subsection in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
“(d)    the Borrower fails to own, free of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, at least one hundred percent (100%) of the economic interest in the Voting Interest of each Subsidiary Guarantor and Borrowing Base Subsidiary.”
(e)      §2.3 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
§2.3      Unused Fee; Facility Fee . (23) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of the Revolving Credit Banks in accordance with their

6
ATLANTA 5588745.6


respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages an unused fee (the “Unused Fee”) calculated at the rate per annum as set forth below on the average daily amount by which the Total Revolving Credit Commitment exceeds the Outstanding Revolving Credit Loans during each day of a calendar quarter or portion thereof commencing on the date hereof and ending on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. The Unused Fee shall be calculated for each day based on the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the average daily amount of the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans during such quarter to (b) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, and if such ratio is less than fifty percent (50%), the Unused Fee shall be payable at the rate of 0.25%, and if such ratio is equal to or greater than fifty percent (50%), the Unused Fee shall be payable at the rate of 0.15%. Subject to §2.3(b) below, the Unused Fee shall be calculated for each day of such quarter. The Unused Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the fifth day of each calendar quarter for the immediately preceding calendar quarter or portion thereof, or on any earlier date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be reduced or terminated as provided in §2.7, with a final payment on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.
(b)    From and after an Investment Grade Rating Event and written notice from Trust or Borrower that Borrower has irrevocably elected to have the Applicable Margin determined based upon the Credit Rating Levels set forth in subpart (b) of the definition of Applicable Margin, the Unused Fee shall no longer accrue (but any accrued Unused Fee shall be payable as provided in §2.3(a)) and from and thereafter, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Revolving Credit Banks a facility fee (the “Facility Fee”) from the date thereof until the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, payable in arrears on the fifth (5 th ) day of each calendar quarter and on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. The Facility Fee payable to the account of each Revolving Credit Bank shall be calculated daily for each period for which the Facility Fee is payable on the Total Revolving Credit Commitment during such period at the rate per annum set forth below:

7
ATLANTA 5588745.6



Credit Rating Level
Facility Fee Rate
Credit Rating Level 1
0.125%
Credit Rating Level 2
0.15%
Credit Rating Level 3
0.20%
Credit Rating Level 4
0.20%
Credit Rating Level 5
0.25%

The Facility Fee shall be determined by reference to the Credit Rating Level in effect from time to time; provided, however, that no change in the Facility Fee rate resulting from a change in the Credit Rating Level shall be effective until three Business Days after the date on which the Agent receives written notice of the application of the Credit Rating Levels or a change in such Credit Rating Level.”
(f)      §2.8 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the figures “$90,000,000” and “$450,000,000” appearing in the sixth and ninth lines, respectively, of said Section and inserting in lieu thereof the figures “$250,000,000.00” and “$600,000,000.00”.
(g)      §2.9(o) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the figure “30,000,000.00” appearing in the last line of said Section and inserting in lieu thereof the figure “$35,000,000.00”.
(h)      §2.10(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence appearing in said Section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
“Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Revolving Credit Banks set forth in this §2.10, to make loans (each such loan, a “Swing Line Loan”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date (or, if earlier, the date of termination of Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to §12.3 hereof) in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the Outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and Letter of Credit Liabilities of the Revolving Credit Bank acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Revolving Credit Bank’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, Letter of Credit Liabilities and Swing Line Loans Outstanding shall not exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of any Revolving Credit Bank (other than the Swing Line Lender), plus such Revolving Credit Bank’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the Letter of Credit Liabilities, plus such

8
ATLANTA 5588745.6


Revolving Credit Bank’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the amount of all Swing Line Loans Outstanding shall not exceed such Revolving Credit Bank’s Revolving Credit Commitment, (iii) no Default or Event of Default under §9.5 shall occur; provided, further, that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any Outstanding Swing Line Loan; and provided, further, that in all events no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.”
(i)      §3.2(c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
“(c)    If at any time Borrower is not in compliance with the covenants contained in §9.5, the Borrower shall immediately upon demand pay an amount to the Agent necessary to bring Borrower in compliance with the aforementioned covenant, such payment to be applied first to the Swing Line Lender with respect to the amount of any Outstanding Swing Line Loans, then for the respective accounts of the Revolving Credit Banks for application to the Revolving Credit Loans, and then for the account of the Term Loan Banks for application to the Term Loans.”
(j)      §4.15(a)(i) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the date “July 19, 2017” appearing in the sixth line of said Section and inserting in lieu thereof the date “October 10, 2019”.
(k)      §4.15(a)(ii)(A) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the figure “.25%” appearing in the fourth line of said Section and inserting in lieu thereof the figure “.15%”.
(l)      §5.2(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
“(a)     Subsidiary Guarantors Prior to Investment Grade Rating . In the event that any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Borrower or the Trust, whether presently existing or hereafter formed or acquired, which is not a Guarantor at such time, shall (i) own or be the lessee under a Ground Lease of an Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property, (ii) otherwise have a direct or indirect leasehold or other interest in an Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property or (iii) own, directly or indirectly, interests in any Real Estate that constitutes five percent (5%) or more of Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value (provided that the determination of whether a Subsidiary meets this requirement shall be made annually in connection with the delivery of financial statements pursuant to §7.4(a), and any Subsidiary meeting such requirement will only be required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor if it satisfies the criteria at the time of determination), then Borrower shall cause such Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Agent each of the following items, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent: (A) a Joinder Agreement and (B) the items that would have been delivered under §10.2 through §10.5 if such Subsidiary had been a Guarantor as of the date hereof;

9
ATLANTA 5588745.6


provided, however, no Subsidiary shall be required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor under clause (iii) above if such Subsidiary is an Excluded Subsidiary. The organizational agreements of each such Subsidiary created after the Closing Date shall at such time as such Subsidiary executes the foregoing Joinder Agreement specifically authorize each such Subsidiary to guarantee the Obligations.”
(m)      §5.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following as §5.2(c):
“(c)     Subsidiary Guarantors After and During Investment Grade Rating . Notwithstanding §5.2(a) of this Agreement, as of, or subsequent to the time that Agent first receives written notice from Trust or Borrower of an Investment Grade Rating Event, and for so long as Trust maintains an Investment Grade Rating with S&P or Moody’s, no Subsidiary of the Borrower or the Trust shall be required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Subsidiary creates, incurs, acquires, assumes, suffers to exist or otherwise is or becomes liable (whether as a borrower, co-borrower, guarantor or otherwise) with respect to any Indebtedness that is not Non-recourse Indebtedness. Upon the occurrence of an Investment Grade Rating Event and provided that no Default or Event of Default exists, Agent shall release any Subsidiary of the Borrower from the Guaranty upon receipt by Agent of a certificate from an officer of the Borrower certifying that such Subsidiary has not created, incurred, acquired, assumed, suffered to exist and is not otherwise liable (whether as a borrower, co-borrower, guarantor or otherwise) with respect to any Indebtedness that is not Non-recourse Indebtedness (or simultaneously with the release hereunder will be released from liability with respect to such Indebtedness). In the event that at any time after an Investment Grade Rating Event, Trust does not have an Investment Grade Rating from S&P or Moody’s, Borrower and Trust shall within thirty (30) days (or such later date as agreed by Agent) after such occurrence cause all Subsidiaries required to become Subsidiary Guarantors under §5.2(a) of this Agreement to execute and deliver the documents required in said §5.2(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing provisions shall not apply to Trust, which may only be released upon the written approval of Agent and all of the Banks.”
(n)      §6.19 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end of said Section:
“Borrower owns, directly or indirectly, all of the equity interests (other than in the case of a corporation, director’s qualifying shares) of each Borrowing Base Subsidiary.”
(o)      §7.4(e) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the words “and the aggregate Borrowing Base Availability” appearing in the second to last line of said Section.

10
ATLANTA 5588745.6


(p)      §7.5(b) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the words “Borrower, any Guarantor” appearing in the last line of said Section and inserting in lieu thereof the words “Borrower, any Guarantor, any Borrowing Base Subsidiary”.
(q)      §7.14 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence appearing in said Section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
“Neither Borrower, the Guarantors nor any of their respective Subsidiaries shall enter into, any agreement, instrument or transaction which has or may have the effect of prohibiting or limiting Borrower’s, the Guarantors’ or any of their respective Subsidiaries’ ability to pledge to Agent any Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties as security for the Loans; provided, however, that an agreement that conditions a Person’s ability to encumber its assets upon the maintenance of one or more specified ratios that limit such Person’s ability to encumber its assets but that do not generally prohibit the encumbrance of its assets, or the encumbrance of specific assets, shall not constitute a prohibit or limiting agreement for purposes of this §7.14.”
(r)      §7.18 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the words “[Intentionally Omitted.]”
(s)      §7.19(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsections (i), (vi), (viii), (x), and (xi) thereof in their entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following in the appropriate numerical order:
“(i)    each of the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties shall be owned 100% in fee simple or leased under a Ground Lease by the Borrower or, subject to the terms of this Agreement, a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Borrower (such Subsidiary, a “Borrowing Base Subsidiary”) (provided that the Real Estate commonly known as Buttermilk Towne Center shall be deemed to satisfy the foregoing condition), free and clear of all Liens other than the Liens permitted in §8.2(ii) and (v), and such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property does not have applicable to it any restriction on the pledge, transfer, mortgage or assignment of such property (including any restrictions contained in any applicable organizational documents); provided, however, that an agreement that conditions a Person’s ability to encumber its assets upon the maintenance of one or more specified ratios that limit such Person’s ability to encumber its assets but that do not generally prohibit the encumbrance of its assets, or the encumbrance of specific assets, shall not constitute a pledge for purposes of this §7.19(a)(i). If such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property is owned or leased by a Borrowing Base Subsidiary, such Borrowing Base Subsidiary shall not be a borrower or guarantor with respect to any Secured Indebtedness;
(vi)    no Person other than Borrower or a direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower (which is a Subsidiary Guarantor if required by this Agreement) has any direct or indirect ownership of any equity interest

11
ATLANTA 5588745.6


or other Voting Interest in such Borrowing Base Subsidiary if such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property is owned or leased under a Ground Lease by a Borrowing Base Subsidiary (it being understood that no such Person shall be deemed to have any such ownership interest for purposes of this provision solely by virtue of owning any equity interest in the Trust or owning any limited partnership interest in the Borrower, and if such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property is owned (or leased) by a Borrowing Base Subsidiary, the Borrower’s direct and indirect interest in such Borrowing Base Subsidiary shall be free and clear of all Liens);
(viii)     the number of properties included within the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties shall not be less than ten (10) and shall have Unencumbered Pool Value of not less than $200,000,000.00;
(x)    no more than ten percent (10%) of the Unencumbered Pool Value of the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties shall be attributable to properties leased by Borrower or a Borrowing Base Subsidiary as the lessee or tenant under a Ground Lease; and
(xi)    no Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property shall contribute more than fifteen percent (15%) of the Unencumbered Pool Value.”
(t)      §7.19(c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
“(c)    In the event that any Subsidiary of the Borrower owns Real Estate which would otherwise qualify as an Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property and the Borrower desires for the same to become an Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property, then such property may become an Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property but only in the event that all of the terms and conditions of this §7.19(c) and §5.2 are satisfied:
(i)    Such Subsidiary shall be a Borrowing Base Subsidiary and a Subsidiary Guarantor (if required by this Agreement);
(ii)    The organizational agreements of such Subsidiary or such other resolutions or consents satisfactory to Agent shall, if such Subsidiary is required to be a Subsidiary Guarantor by this Agreement, specifically authorize such Subsidiary to guaranty the Obligations and to pledge the assets of such Subsidiary as security for the Obligations and the Borrower shall certify to the Agent that applicable law does not preclude such Subsidiary from executing such guaranty or pledging its assets to secure the Obligations;
(iii)    All covenants, agreements, and representations in the Loan Documents herein of the Borrower and the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries shall be true and correct with respect to such Subsidiary;

12
ATLANTA 5588745.6


(iv)    No Default or Event of Default shall exist or might exist in the event that such Subsidiary becomes a Borrowing Base Subsidiary or acquires such assets; and
(v)    The Real Estate assets acquired or owned by such Subsidiary shall qualify as Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties hereunder.”
(u)      §7.19(d) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
“(d)    Upon any Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property ceasing to qualify as an Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property, such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property shall no longer be included in the calculation of the Unencumbered Pool Value nor shall its Operating Cash Flow be included for purposes of determining compliance with §9.5. Within five (5) Business Days after any such disqualification, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a certificate reflecting such disqualification, together with the identity of the disqualified Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property, a statement as to whether any Default or Event of Default arises as a result of such disqualification, and a calculation of the Unencumbered Pool Value and Operating Cash Flow attributable to such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property. Simultaneously with the delivery of the items required pursuant above, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a pro forma Compliance Certificate demonstrating, after giving effect to such disqualification, compliance with the covenants contained in §7.19 and §9.5.”
(v)      §7.19(e) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
“(e)    In addition, the Borrower may voluntarily remove any Real Estate from the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Properties by delivering to the Agent, no later than five (5) Business Days prior to date on which such removal is to be effected, notice of such removal, together with a statement that no Default or Event of Default then exists or would, upon the occurrence of such event or with passage of time, result from such removal, and the identity of the Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property being removed, and a calculation of the Unencumbered Pool Value and Operating Cash Flow attributable to such Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property. Simultaneously with the delivery of the items required above, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a pro forma Compliance Certificate demonstrating, after giving effect to such removal, compliance with the covenants contained in §7.19 and §9.5.”
(w)      §8.1(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
“(a)    Indebtedness to the Banks arising under any of the Loan Documents;”

13
ATLANTA 5588745.6


(x)      §8.1(f) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
“(f)    subject to the provisions of §9, (i) Non-recourse Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Subsidiary Guarantors or the Borrowing Base Subsidiaries), and (ii) Indebtedness of Borrower, the Trust or any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries (other than Subsidiary Guarantors or the Borrowing Base Subsidiaries) under environmental indemnities and guarantees with respect to customary exceptions to exculpatory language with respect to Non-recourse Indebtedness of Borrower’s Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates permitted pursuant to §8.3(i) (it being agreed that any such indemnity or guaranty shall not cause such Non-recourse Indebtedness to be deemed to be Recourse Indebtedness and provided that in the event any claim is made against Borrower, the Trust or any of their respective Subsidiaries with respect to such indemnities, guarantees or exceptions, the amount so claimed shall be considered a recourse liability of such Person);”
(y)      §8.1(h) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the last sentence of said Section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
“The Subsidiary Guarantors and Borrowing Base Subsidiaries may be liable with respect to Unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower but not Secured Indebtedness; and”
(z)      §8.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the words “Subsidiary Guarantor” appearing in clauses (i), (iv) and (vii) of said Section and inserting in lieu thereof the words “Subsidiary Guarantor, any Borrowing Base Subsidiary”.
(aa)      §8.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the unnumbered paragraph appearing at the end of said Section and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
“Without limiting the foregoing, the Borrower and the Trust shall not, and shall not permit any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur, permit or suffer to exist any Lien on any Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property or any direct or indirect ownership interest of the Borrower in any Subsidiary Guarantor or Borrowing Base Subsidiary other than the Liens permitted in §8.2(ii) and §8.2(v), or permit any Unencumbered Borrowing Base Property or any direct or indirect ownership interest in the Borrower, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Borrowing Base Subsidiary to be subject to any provision of a document or agreement (other than any Loan Document) which prohibits or purports to prohibit the creation or assumption of any Lien on such asset as security for Indebtedness of the Person owning such asset or any other Person.”
(bb)      §8.3(l) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

14
ATLANTA 5588745.6


“(l)    whether directly or through a Subsidiary or Unconsolidated Affiliate, in development permitted by §8.9 which at any time has a total cost (including acquisition, construction and other costs), whether such total costs are incurred directly by the Borrower, the Trust or such Subsidiary or through an Investment in an Unconsolidated Affiliate permitted under this Agreement, that are not, in the aggregate, in excess of fifteen percent (15%) of the Consolidated Total Adjusted Asset Value of the Borrower. For the purposes of calculating the cost of developments by Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates, the cost of such developments shall be based upon the Borrower’s interest in such Subsidiaries or Unconsolidated Affiliates. For purposes of this §8.3(l) and §8.9, the term “total cost” shall not include (i) costs specifically reimbursable by tenants or shadow anchors (other than through rent or a gross up of rent), (ii) capitalized general and administrative expenses, or (iii) operating expenses and interest to the extent of operating income received from the applicable development property;”
(cc)      §9.3 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
§9.3 Consolidated Tangible Net Worth . The Borrower will not permit its Consolidated Tangible Net Worth to be less than $900,000,000.00 plus seventy-five percent (75%) of any Net Offering Proceeds from Equity Offerings received by the Borrower or the Trust after October 10, 2014 (except to the extent of any of such Net Offering Proceeds from an issuance of common equity or Preferred Equity of the Borrower or the Trust which are used to retire an existing issue of preferred equity of Borrower or the Trust, respectively).”
(dd)      §9.5 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting said Section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
§9.5     Unencumbered Leverage Ratio . The Borrower shall not at any time permit (i) the aggregate Unsecured Indebtedness of the Trust, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, the sum of the Outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, Outstanding Swing Line Loans, Outstanding Term Loans and Letter of Credit Liabilities) to exceed (ii) sixty percent (60%) of Unencumbered Pool Value as most recently determined under this Agreement.
(ee)      §9.6 of the Loan Agreement is hereby added to read in its entirety as follows:
“§9.6     Minimum Unsecured Interest Coverage . The Borrower shall not at any time permit the Unsecured Interest Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.75 to 1.0.”
(ff)      §12.1(f) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the figures “$10,000,000.00” and “$30,000,000.00” appearing in the last sentence of said Section and inserting in lieu thereof the figures “$25,000,000.00” and “$50,000,000.00”, respectively.

15
ATLANTA 5588745.6


(gg)      §18.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence of said Section and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
Except as provided herein, each Bank may assign to one or more banks or other entities all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment Percentage and Commitment and the same portion of the Loans at the time owing to it, and the Notes held by it); provided that (a) each of the Agent, the Issuing Bank, and, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists hereunder, the Borrower, shall have given its prior written consent to such assignment, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (provided that such consent shall not be required for any assignment to another Bank, to a Related Fund of such Bank, to a bank which is under common control with the assigning Bank or to a wholly-owned Subsidiary of such Bank provided that such assignee shall remain a wholly-owned Subsidiary or Related Fund of such Bank), provided, further that the Borrower will be deemed to have consented unless it provides notice to the Agent and the assigning Bank of its disapproval within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such request, (b) each such assignment shall be of a constant, and not a varying, percentage of all the assigning Bank’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitment in the event an interest in the Revolving Credit Loans is assigned, or of a constant, and not a varying, percentage of all of the assigning Bank’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Term Loan Commitment in the event an interest in the Term Loan is assigned, (c) the parties to such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent, for recording in the Register (as hereinafter defined), an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement (an “Assignment and Acceptance Agreement”) in the form of Exhibit J hereto, together with any Notes subject to such assignment, (d) in no event shall any assignment be to any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with, or which is not otherwise free from influence or control by, any of the Borrower or the Guarantors or be to a Defaulting Bank or an Affiliate of a Defaulting Bank, (e) such assignee of a portion of the Revolving Credit Loan shall have a net worth or unfunded capital commitments as of the date of such assignment of not less than $500,000,000 unless otherwise approved by Borrower and Agent, (f) such assignee shall acquire an interest in the Revolving Credit Loans of not less than $5,000,000 or in the Term Loans of not less than $1,000,000 unless such assignment is to another Bank or a Related Fund or unless such requirement is waived by the Borrower and the Agent, and (g) the assignor shall assign its entire interest in the Loans or retain an interest in the Loans of not less than $5,000,000 unless otherwise approved by Agent and Borrower.
(hh)      Schedule 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting said Schedule in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof Schedule 1.1 attached hereto.

16
ATLANTA 5588745.6


3.      Term Loan . Borrower, Guarantors, Agent and the Banks acknowledge and agree that the Term Loans under the Loan Agreement have been repaid in full and cannot be reborrowed. Further, Borrower, Guarantors, Agent and the Banks acknowledge and agree that Borrower shall have no right to increase the Total Term Loan Commitment under §2.8 of the Loan Agreement (as amended hereby). As such, the Commitment Percentage under the Loan Agreement (as amended hereby) shall be calculated solely based on the Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage.
4.      Modification of the Guaranty . Guarantors, Agent and the Banks hereby modify and amend the Guaranty by deleting the figures “$360,000,000.00” and “$450,000,000.00” appearing in first “WHEREAS” clause of the Guaranty and inserting in lieu thereof the figures “$350,000,000.00” and “600,000,000.00”.
5.      Exiting Lender/New Lender .
(a)      Borrower and Guarantors hereby acknowledge and agree that as of the effective date of this Amendment and following satisfaction of all conditions thereto as provided herein, the amount of each Bank’s Commitment shall be the amount set forth on Schedule 1.1 attached hereto. In connection with the increase of the Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to this Amendment, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch (“New Lender”) shall be issued a Revolving Credit Note in the principal face amount of its Commitment, which will be a "Revolving Credit Note" under the Loan Agreement (as amended hereby), and New Lender shall be a Bank under the Loan Agreement (as amended hereby). Each of the Banks that is a party to the Loan Agreement prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment that is increasing its Revolving Credit Commitment (the “Increasing Existing Lenders”) shall receive a Revolving Credit Note based on its Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto, which Revolving Credit Note shall a replacement for such Bank’s existing Revolving Credit Note and shall not be a novation or satisfaction of such indebtedness.
(b)      New Lender makes and confirms to the Agent and the other Banks all of the representations, warranties and covenants of a Bank under Articles 14 and 18 of the Loan Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, New Lender (a) represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to, and has full power and authority to, enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations under this Agreement; (b) confirms that it has received copies of such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; (c) agrees that it has and will, independently and without reliance upon Exiting Lender, any other Bank, the Agent or any Titled Agent and based upon such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in evaluating the Loans, the Loan Documents, the creditworthiness of the Borrower and the Guarantors and the value of any assets of the Borrower and the Guarantors, and taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents; (d) appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents; (e) agrees that, by this Agreement, New Lender has become a party to and will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Bank; (f) represents and warrants that New Lender is not a Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with, or which is not otherwise free from influence or control by, any of the Borrower or the Guarantors and is not a Defaulting Bank or an Affiliate of a Defaulting Bank

17
ATLANTA 5588745.6


and (g) New Lender has a net worth or unfunded capital commitment as of the date hereof of not less than $500,000,000.00 unless waived in writing by Borrower and Agent..
(c)      By its signature below, each Increasing Existing Lender hereby agrees to perform all obligations with respect to its respective Revolving Credit Commitment as set forth in this Amendment, which obligations shall include, but shall not be limited to, the obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower with respect to its Revolving Credit Commitment as required under §2.1 of the Loan Agreement (as amended hereby), the obligation to pay amounts due in respect of Swing Loans as set forth in §2.10 of the Loan Agreement (as amended hereby), the obligation to pay amounts due in respect of draws under Letters of Credit as required under §2.9 of the Loan Agreement (as amended hereby), and in any case the obligation to indemnify the Agent as provided therein.
(d)      On the Amendment Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and Comerica Bank (collectively, the “Exiting Lenders”) shall all cease to be Banks under, or a party to, the Loan Documents. Contemporaneously with the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Borrower shall pay to the Exiting Lenders all amounts due to the Exiting Lenders under the Loan Documents, and the Agent and the Banks hereby consent to such payments. Except for those terms, conditions, and provision, which by their express terms survive cancellation of Commitments hereunder or termination of any Bank’s obligations under the Loan Documents, Exiting Lenders shall have no further duties or obligations with respect to or under the Loan Documents.
(e)      On the Amendment Closing Date, (i) the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Loans prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment shall be reallocated among the Banks such that the outstanding principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans owed to each Bank shall be equal to such Bank’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage (as in effect after the effectiveness of this Amendment), and (ii) those Revolving Credit Banks whose Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage is increasing shall advance the funds to the Agent and the funds so advanced shall be distributed either (x) among the Banks whose Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage is decreasing or is unchanged, or (y) to the Exiting Lenders for payment of any outstanding Revolving Credit Loans made by Exiting Lenders, as necessary to accomplish the required reallocation of the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Loans.
6.      References to Loan Agreement and Guaranty . All references in the Loan Documents to the Loan Agreement or the Guaranty shall be deemed a reference to the Loan Agreement or the Guaranty, as modified and amended herein.
7.      Consent of the Borrower and the Guarantors . By execution of this Amendment, the Borrower and the Guarantors hereby expressly consent to the modifications and amendments relating to the Loan Agreement and the Loan Documents as set forth herein, and Borrower and Guarantors hereby acknowledge, represent and agree that the Loan Documents remain in full force and effect and constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of Borrower and Guarantors, respectively, enforceable against such Persons in accordance with their respective terms, and that the Guaranty extends to and applies to the foregoing documents as modified and amended.

18
ATLANTA 5588745.6


8.      Representation s. Borrower and Guarantors represent and warrant to Agent and the Banks as follows:
(a)      Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby (i) are within the authority of Borrower and Guarantors, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary proceedings on the part of such Persons, (iii) do not and will not conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation to which any of such Persons is subject or any judgment, order, writ, injunction, license or permit applicable to such Persons, (iv) do not and will not conflict with or constitute a default (whether with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both) under any provision of the partnership agreement or certificate, certificate of formation, operating agreement, articles of incorporation or other charter documents or bylaws of, or any mortgage, indenture, agreement, contract or other instrument binding upon, any of such Persons or any of its properties or to which any of such Persons is subject, and (v) do not and will not result in or require the imposition of any lien or other encumbrance on any of the properties, assets or rights of such Persons, other than the liens and encumbrances created by the Loan Documents.
(b)      Enforceability . The execution and delivery of this Amendment are valid and legally binding obligations of Borrower and Guarantors enforceable in accordance with the respective terms and provisions hereof, except as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and the effect of general principles of equity.
(c)      Approvals . The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby do not require the approval or consent of or approval of any Person or the authorization, consent, approval of or any license or permit issued by, or any filing or registration with, or the giving of any notice to, any court, department, board, commission or other governmental agency or authority other than those already obtained.
(d)      Representations in Loan Documents . The representations and warranties made by the Borrower and Guarantors and their Subsidiaries under the Loan Documents or otherwise made by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection therewith or after the date thereof were true and correct in all material respects when made and are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof (as modified and amended herein), except to the extent of changes resulting from transactions contemplated or permitted by the Loan Documents and changes occurring in the ordinary course of business that singly or in the aggregate are not materially adverse, except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier date, and except as disclosed to the Agent and the Banks in writing and approved by the Agent and the Majority Banks in writing.
9.      No Default . By execution hereof, the Borrower and Guarantors certify that the Borrower and Guarantors are and will be in compliance with all covenants under the Loan Documents after the execution and delivery of this Amendment, and that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
10.      Waiver of Claims . Borrower and Guarantors acknowledge, represent and agree that Borrower and Guarantors as of the date hereof have no defenses, setoffs, claims, counterclaims or

19
ATLANTA 5588745.6


causes of action of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Loan Documents, the administration or funding of the Loans or with respect to any acts or omissions of Agent or any of the Banks, or any past or present officers, agents or employees of Agent or any of the Banks, and each of Borrower and Guarantors does hereby expressly waive, release and relinquish any and all such defenses, setoffs, claims, counterclaims and causes of action, if any.
11.      Ratification . Except as hereinabove set forth or in any other document previously executed or executed in connection herewith, all terms, covenants and provisions of the Loan Agreement, the Notes and the Guaranty remain unaltered and in full force and effect, and the parties hereto do hereby expressly ratify and confirm the Loan Agreement, the Notes and the Guaranty as modified and amended herein. Nothing in this Amendment shall be deemed or construed to constitute, and there has not otherwise occurred, a novation, cancellation, satisfaction, release, extinguishment or substitution of the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes or the other obligations of Borrower and Guarantors under the Loan Documents (including without limitation the Guaranty).
12.      Amendment as Loan Document . This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document.
13.      Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts which shall together constitute but one and the same agreement.
14.      Miscellaneous . This Amendment shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan (excluding the laws applicable to conflicts or choice of law). This Amendment shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors, successors-in-title and assigns as provided in the Loan Documents.
15.      Effective Date . The effectiveness of this Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (the date all such conditions have been satisfied or waived in writing by the Banks hereinafter referred to as the “Amendment Closing Date”):
(a)      Execution of this Amendment . The Agent shall have received executed originals of counterpart signature pages to this Amendment from the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Agent, and all of the Banks.
(b)      Opinion . The Agent shall have received an opinion of counsel to the Borrower and the Guarantors covering such matters as the Agent may reasonably request and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.
(c)      Compliance Certificate and Borrowing Base Certificate . The Agent and the Banks shall have received a Compliance Certificate and a Borrowing Base Certificate dated as of the date of the Amendment Closing Date demonstrating compliance with each of the covenants calculated therein as of the most recent calendar quarter for which the Borrower has provided financial statements under §7.4 of the Loan Agreement adjusted in the best good faith estimate of the Borrower as of the Amendment Closing Date.
(d)      Certificates . The Agent and the Banks shall have received such other resolutions, certificates, documents, instruments and agreements as Agent may reasonably request.

20
ATLANTA 5588745.6


(e)      Counsel Fees . The Borrower shall have paid all fees and expenses of Agent in connection with this Amendment and the matters addressed herein in accordance with §15 of the Loan Agreement.


21
ATLANTA 5588745.6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the undersigned have caused this Amendment to be executed under seal by its duly authorized representatives as of the date first set forth above.

BORROWER :
RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES, L.P. , a Delaware limited partnership
By:
Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, its General Partner
By:         
Name: Gregory R. Andrews
Title: Chief Financial Officer
(SEAL)
GUARANTORS :
RAMCO-GERSHENSON PROPERTIES TRUST , a Maryland real estate investment trust
By:         
Name: Gregory R. Andrews
Title: Chief Financial Officer
(SEAL)
RAMCO GAINES LLC , a Michigan limited liability company
By:
Ramco-Gershenson Properties, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, its Manager
By:     Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust, a
    Maryland real estate investment trust
    Its: General Partner
By:                         
        Name: Gregory R. Andrews
        Title: Chief Financial Officer
(SEAL)
[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

KeyBank/RAMCO – Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Third Amended and
Restated Unsecured Master Loan Agreement


RAMCO GATEWAY LLC , a Delaware limited partnership
By:     
Name:
    
Title:
    
(SEAL)
RAMCO VIRGINIA PROPERTIES, L.L.C. , a Michigan limited liability company
By:     
Name:
    
Title:
    
(SEAL)
RAMCO PARKWAY LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
By:     
Name:
    
Title:
    
(SEAL)
[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


KeyBank/RAMCO – Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Third Amended and
Restated Unsecured Master Loan Agreement



AGENT AND BANKS :

KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , individually and as Agent
By:     
Name:
    
Title:
    
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
By:     
Name:
    
Title:
    
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
By:     
Name:
    
Title:
    
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:     
Name:
    
Title:
    


[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


KeyBank/RAMCO – Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Third Amended and
Restated Unsecured Master Loan Agreement


CITIZENS BANK, N.A. f/k/a RBS Citizens, N.A.
By:     
Name:
    
Title:
    


DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH
By:     
Name:
    
Title:
    
By:     
Name:
    
Title:
    
CAPITAL ONE, N.A.
By:     
Name:
    
Title:
    
THE HUNTINGTON NATIONAL BANK
By:     
Name:
    
Title:
    
BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY
By:     
Name:
    
Title:
    

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


KeyBank/RAMCO – Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Third Amended and
Restated Unsecured Master Loan Agreement


Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and Comerica Bank join in the execution of this Amendment solely for the purposes of acknowledging that as of the Amendment Closing Date they will cease to be parties to the Loan Documents as provided in Section 5(d) of the Amendment.
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS
By:     
Name:
    
Title:
    
By:     
Name:
    
Title:
    

COMERICA BANK
By:     
Name:
    
Title:
    




KeyBank/RAMCO – Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Third Amended and
Restated Unsecured Master Loan Agreement


Exhibit 12.1

 
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
(In thousands, except ratio computation)
 
Pretax gain from continuing operations before adjustment for noncontrolling interest
 
$6,265
 
$4,787
 
$10,162
 
$13,736
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Add back:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges
 
9,770

 
8,663

 
26,763

 
23,303

 
 
Distributed income of equity investees
 
406

 
400

 
1,759

 
3,885

 
 
Equity in loss of equity investees
 

 

 
336

 
5,027

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deduct:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in earnings of equity investees
 
(455
)
 
(387
)
 

 

 
 
Capitalized interest
 
(722
)
 
(313
)
 
(1,606
)
 
(770
)
 
Earnings as Defined
 
$15,264
 
$13,150
 
$37,414
 
$45,181
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed Charges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense including amortization of deferred financing fees
 
$8,987
 
$8,297
 
$24,991
 
$22,353
 
 
Capitalized interest
 
722

 
313

 
1,606

 
770

 
 
Interest portion of rent expense
 
61

 
53

 
166

 
180

 
Fixed Charges
 
9,770

 
8,663

 
26,763

 
23,303

 
 
Preferred share dividends
 
1,813

 
1,813

 
5,438

 
5,438

 
Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends
 
$11,583
 
$10,476
 
$32,201
 
$28,741
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends
 
1.32
 
1.26

 
1.16

 
1.57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 





Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Dennis Gershenson, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining  disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness  of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any changes in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: October 23, 2014
By:/s/ DENNIS GERSHENSON
Dennis Gershenson
President and Chief Executive Officer




Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATION
I, Gregory R. Andrews, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining  disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness  of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any changes in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: October 23, 2014
By: /s/ GREGORY R. ANDREWS
Gregory R. Andrews
Chief Financial Officer




Exhibit 32.1
Certification
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

In connection with the quarterly report of Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2014 , as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Dennis Gershenson, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, that:

(1)
The report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: October 23, 2014
By:/s/ DENNIS GERSHENSON
Dennis Gershenson
President and Chief Executive Officer




Exhibit 32.2
Certification
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

In connection with the quarterly report of Ramco-Gershenson Properties Trust (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2014 , as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Gregory R. Andrews, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, that:

(1)
The report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: October 23, 2014
By: /s/ GREGORY R. ANDREWS
Gregory R. Andrews
Chief Financial Officer